ADRV9009-W/PCBZ [ADI]
Integrated Dual RF Transmitter, Receiver, and Observation Receiver;型号: | ADRV9009-W/PCBZ |
厂家: | ADI |
描述: | Integrated Dual RF Transmitter, Receiver, and Observation Receiver |
文件: | 总127页 (文件大小:3522K) |
中文: | 中文翻译 | 下载: | 下载PDF数据表文档文件 |
Integrated Dual RF Transmitter, Receiver,
and Observation Receiver
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
In addition to automatic gain control (AGC), the ADRV9009
also features flexible external gain control modes, allowing
significant flexibility in setting system level gain dynamically.
FEATURES
Dual transmitters
Dual receivers
Dual input shared observation receiver
Maximum receiver bandwidth: 200 MHz
Maximum tunable transmitter synthesis bandwidth:
450 MHz
Maximum observation receiver bandwidth: 450 MHz
Fully integrated fractional-N RF synthesizers
Fully integrated clock synthesizer
The received signals are digitized with a set of four high dynamic
range, continuous time Σ-Δ ADCs that provide inherent
antialiasing. The combination of the direct conversion
architecture, which does not suffer from out of band image
mixing, and the lack of aliasing, relaxes the requirements of the
RF filters when compared to traditional intermediate frequency
(IF) receivers.
Multichip phase synchronization for RF LO and baseband
clocks
JESD204B datapath interface
The transmitters use an innovative direct conversion
modulator that achieves high modulation accuracy with
exceptionally low noise.
Tuning range (center frequency): 75 MHz to 6000 MHz
The observation receiver path consists of a wide bandwidth,
direct conversion receiver with state-of-the-art dynamic range.
APPLICATIONS
3G, 4G, and 5G TDD macrocell base stations
TDD active antenna systems
Massive multiple input, multiple output (MIMO)
Phased array radar
Electronic warfare
Military communications
The fully integrated phase-locked loop (PLL) provides high
performance, low power, fractional-N RF frequency synthesis
for the transmitter (Tx) and receiver (Rx) signal paths. An
additional synthesizer generates the clocks needed for the
converters, digital circuits, and the serial interface. A multichip
synchronization mechanism synchronizes the phase of the RF
local oscillator (LO) and baseband clocks between multiple
ADRV9009 chips. Precautions are taken to provide the isolation
required in high performance base station applications. All
voltage controlled oscillators (VCOs) and loop filter
components are integrated.
Portable test equipment
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The ADRV9009 is a highly integrated, radio frequency (RF), agile
transceiver offering dual transmitters and receivers, integrated
synthesizers, and digital signal processing functions. The IC
delivers a versatile combination of high performance and low
power consumption demanded by 3G, 4G, and 5G macro cell
time division duplex (TDD) base station applications.
The high speed JESD204B interface supports up to 12.288 Gbps
lane rates, resulting in two lanes per transmitter and a single
lane per receiver in the widest bandwidth mode. The interface
also supports interleaved mode for lower bandwidths, thus
reducing the total number of high speed data interface lanes to
one. Both fixed and floating point data formats are supported.
The floating point format allows internal AGC to be invisible to
the demodulator device.
The receive path consists of two independent, wide bandwidth,
direct conversion receivers with state-of-the-art dynamic range.
The device also supports a wide bandwidth, time shared
observation path receiver (ORx) for use in TDD applications.
The complete receive subsystem includes automatic and
manual attenuation control, dc offset correction, quadrature error
correction (QEC), and digital filtering, thus eliminating the need
for these functions in the digital baseband. Several auxiliary
functions, such as analog-to-digital converters (ADCs), digital-to-
analog converters (DACs), and general-purpose inputs/outputs
(GPIOs) for the power amplifier (PA), and RF front-end
control are also integrated.
The core of the ADRV9009 can be powered directly from 1.3 V
regulators and 1.8 V regulators, and is controlled via a standard
4-wire serial port. Comprehensive power-down modes are
included to minimize power consumption in normal use. The
ADRV9009 is packaged in a 12 mm × 12 mm, 196-ball chip
scale ball grid array (CSP_BGA).
Rev. B
Document Feedback
Information furnished by Analog Devices is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, no
responsibility is assumed by Analog Devices for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other
rights of third parties that may result from its use. Specifications subject to change without notice. No
license is granted by implication or otherwise under any patent or patent rights of Analog Devices.
Trademarks and registeredtrademarks arethe property of their respective owners.
One Technology Way, P.O. Box 9106, Norwood, MA 02062-9106, U.S.A.
Tel: 781.329.4700 ©2018–2019 Analog Devices, Inc. All rights reserved.
Technical Support
www.analog.com
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Features .............................................................................................. 1
Theory of Operation ...................................................................... 98
Transmitter.................................................................................. 98
Receiver........................................................................................ 98
Observation Receiver................................................................. 98
Clock Input.................................................................................. 98
Synthesizers................................................................................. 98
SPI................................................................................................. 99
JTAG Boundary Scan................................................................. 99
Power Supply Sequence............................................................. 99
GPIO_x Pins ............................................................................... 99
Auxiliary Converters.................................................................. 99
JESD204B Data Interface .......................................................... 99
Applications Information............................................................ 101
PCB Layout and Power Supply Recommendations............. 101
PCB Material and Stackup Selection ..................................... 101
Fanout and Trace Space Guidelines....................................... 103
Component Placement and Routing Guidelines ................. 104
RF and JESD204B Transmission Line Layout ...................... 110
Isolation Techniques Used on the ADRV9009-W/PCBZ... 114
RF Port Interface Information................................................ 116
Outline Dimensions..................................................................... 127
Ordering Guide ........................................................................ 127
Applications....................................................................................... 1
General Description......................................................................... 1
Revision History ............................................................................... 2
Functional Block Diagram .............................................................. 4
Specifications..................................................................................... 5
Current and Power Consumption Specifications................... 14
Timing Diagrams........................................................................ 15
Absolute Maximum Ratings.......................................................... 16
Reflow Profile.............................................................................. 16
Thermal Management ............................................................... 16
Thermal Resistance .................................................................... 16
ESD Caution................................................................................ 16
Pin Configuration and Function Descriptions........................... 17
Typical Performance Characteristics ........................................... 23
75 MHz to 525 MHz Band ........................................................ 23
650 MHz to 3000 MHz Band.................................................... 44
3400 MHz to 4800 MHz Band.................................................. 63
5100 MHz to 5900 MHz Band.................................................. 80
Transmitter Output Impedance................................................ 95
Observation Receiver Input Impedance.................................. 95
Receiver Input Impedance......................................................... 96
Terminology .................................................................................... 97
REVISION HISTORY
5/2019—Rev. A to Rev B.
Replaced ADRV9009 Customer Card to
Changes to Terminology Section ................................................. 97
Deleted Figure 432 ......................................................................... 98
Changes to Theory of Operation Section and Clock
Input Section................................................................................... 98
Changed Serial Peripheral Interface Section to SPI Section and
AUX DAC_x Section to Auxiliary DAC x Section......................... 99
Changes to Power Supply Sequence Section, GPIO_x Pins
Section, Auxiliary DAC x Section, and JESD204B Data
Interface Section............................................................................. 99
Changes to Table 7 Title, Figure 430, and Figure 431................... 100
Changes to Overview Section, PCB Material and Stackup
Selection Section, and Figure 432 Caption ............................... 101
Changes to Table 9 and Table 10 ................................................ 102
Changes to Fanout and Trace Space Guidelines Section......... 103
Changes to Signals with Highest Routing Priority Section and
Figure 434...................................................................................... 104
Change to Figure 435 Caption.................................................... 105
Changes to Signals with Second Routing Priority Section and
Figure 436...................................................................................... 106
Changes to Figure 437 ................................................................. 107
Changes to Figure 438 ................................................................. 108
ADRV9009-WPCBZ..................................................... Throughout
Changes to Features Section............................................................ 1
Changes to Figure 1.......................................................................... 4
Changes to Specifications Section and Table 1............................. 5
Change to Figure 2 ......................................................................... 15
Changes to Table 3 and Thermal Resistance Section................. 16
Changes to 75 MHz to 525 MHz Band Section, Figures and
Captions........................................................................................... 23
Deleted Figure 83 to Figure 85; Renumbered Sequentially ...... 34
Added Figure 78, Figure 79, and Figure 80; Renumbered
Sequentially ..................................................................................... 35
Added Figure 90.............................................................................. 37
Added Figure 125 to Figure 127 ................................................... 43
Changes to 650 MHz to 3000 MHz Band Section, Figures and
Captions........................................................................................... 44
Changes to 3400 MHz to 4800 MHz Band Section, Figures and
Captions........................................................................................... 63
Changes to 5100 MHz to 5900 MHz Band Section, Figures and
Captions........................................................................................... 80
Rev. B | Page 2 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
Changes to Signals with Lowest Routing Priority Section and
Figure 439.......................................................................................109
Changes to RF Routing Guidelines Section and
Figure 440 Caption........................................................................110
Change to Figure 441 Caption.....................................................111
Changes to Transmitter Balun DC Feed
Supplies Section.............................................................................112
Changes to Stripline Transmission Lines vs. Microstrip
Transmission Lines Section .........................................................113
Moved Figure 444 to Isolation Techniques Used on the
ADRV9009-W/PCBZ Section .....................................................114
Moved Figure 446..........................................................................115
Changes to Isolation Between JESD204B Lines Section..........115
Changes to RF Port Interface Information Section ..................116
Deleted RF Port Interface Overview Section ............................117
Changes to Figure 448 Caption...................................................117
Moved Table 11..............................................................................120
Changes to Figure 456 Caption to Figure 459 Caption ................121
Changes to General Receiver Path Interface Section ...............122
Changes to Figure 463 ..................................................................124
Changes to Figure 464 and Figure 465.......................................125
Deleted Endnote 1, Table 12 to Endnote 1, Table 15;
Renumbered Sequentially, and Endnote 2, Table 16 and
Endnote 2, Table 17.......................................................................126
Changes to Table 15 ......................................................................126
6/2018—Revision A: Initial Version
Rev. B | Page 3 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM
Rx1
ADRV9009
RX1_IN +
RX1_IN –
Rx2
RX2_IN +
RX2_IN –
ADC
ADC
LPF
LPF
ORx1
ORx2
SYNCINx±
ORX1_IN +
ORX1_IN –
SERDOUTx±
SERDINx±
ORX2_IN +
ORX2_IN –
SYNCOUTx±
SYSREF_IN±
GP_INTERRUPT
RXx_ENABLE
TXx_ENABLE
RESET
DIGITAL
PROCESSING
RF_EXT_LO_I/O+
RF_EXT_LO_I/O–
LO
DECIMATION
pFIR
SYNTH
ARM
AGC
M3
DC-OFFSET
QEC
LOL
JESD204B
CIF/RIF
Tx1
TX1_OUT +
TX1_OUT –
TEST
Tx2
DAC
SCLK
CS
TX2_OUT +
TX2_OUT –
LPF
SDO
SDIO
DAC
LPF
GPIOS, AUXADCs, AND AUXDACs
REF_CLK_IN +
REF_CLK_IN –
CLOCK
GENERATION
GPIO_3P3_x
GPIO_x AUXADC_0 THROUGH AUXADC_3
Figure 1.
Rev. B | Page 4 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical characteristics at VDDA1P31 = 1.3 V, VDDD1P3_DIG = 1.3 V, VDDA1P8_TX = 1.8 V, junction temperature (TJ) = full
operating temperature range. LO frequency (fLO) = 1800 MHz, unless otherwise noted. The specifications in Table 1 are not de-embedded. Refer
to the Typical Performance Characteristics section for input and output circuit path loss. The device configuration profile for the 75 MHz to
525 MHz frequency range is as follows: receiver = 50 MHz bandwidth (inphase quadrature (IQ) rate = 61.44 MHz), transmitter = 50 MHz
transmitter large signal bandwidth and 100 MHz transmitter synthesis bandwidth (IQ rate = 122.88 MHz), observation receiver = 100 MHz
bandwidth (IQ rate = 122.88 MHz), JESD204B rate = 9.8304 GSPS, and device clock = 245.76 MHz. Unless otherwise specified, the device
configuration for all other frequency ranges is as follows: receiver = 200 MHz bandwidth (IQ rate = 245.76 MHz), transmitter = 200 MHz
transmitter large signal bandwidth and 450 MHz transmitter synthesis bandwidth (IQ rate = 491.52 MHz), observation receiver = 450 MHz
bandwidth (IQ rate = 491.52 MHz), JESD204B rate = 9.8304 GSPS, and device clock = 245.76 MHz.
Table 1.
Parameter
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Test Conditions/Comments
TRANSMITTERS
Center Frequency
Transmitter Synthesis
Bandwidth
75
6000
450
MHz
MHz
Transmitter Large Signal
Bandwidth
Peak-to-Peak Gain
Deviation
200
MHz
dB
1.0
0.1
1
450 MHz bandwidth, compensated by
programmable finite impulse response
(FIR) filter
Any 20 MHz bandwidth span,
compensated by programmable FIR
filter
450 MHz bandwidth
Signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) maintained
for attenuation between 0 dB and 20 dB
Gain Slope
dB
Deviation from Linear Phase
Transmitter Attenuation
Power Control Range
Degrees
dB
0
32
Transmitter Attenuation
Power Control Resolution
Transmitter Attenuation
Integral Nonlinearity
Transmitter Attenuation
Differential Nonlinearity
0.05
0.1
dB
dB
dB
INL
For any 4 dB step
Monotonic
DNL
0.04
Transmitter Attenuation
Serial Peripheral
See Figure 4
Interface 2 (SPI 2) Timing
Time from CS Going High
to Change in Transmitter
Attenuation
Time Between Consecutive
Microattenuation Steps
tSCH
tACH
tDCH
19.5
6.5
24
ns
ns
ns
dB
8.1
A large change in attenuation can be
broken up into a series of smaller
attenuation changes
Time required to complete the change
in attenuation from start attenuation
to final attenuation value
Time Required to Reach
Final Attenuation Value
800
+0.5
0.5
Maximum Attenuation
Overshoot During
Transition
Change in Attenuation per
Microstep
Maximum Attenuation
Change when CS Goes
High
−1.0
dB
dB
32
Rev. B | Page 5 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
Parameter
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Test Conditions/Comments
Adjacent Channel Leakage
Ratio (ACLR) Long Term
Evolution (LTE)
20 MHz LTE at −12 dBFS
−67
−64
−60
dB
dB
dB
75 MHz < f ≤ 2800 MHz
2800 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
In Band Noise Floor
0 dB attenuation, in band noise falls
1 dB for each dB of attenuation for
attenuation between 0 dB and 20 dB
−147
−148
−149
−150.5
dBm/Hz
dBm/Hz
dBm/Hz
dBm/Hz
75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz
600 MHz < f ≤ 3000 MHz
3000 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
0 dB attenuation, 3 × bandwidth/2 offset
75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz
600 MHz < f ≤ 3000 MHz
3000 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Out of Band Noise Floor
Interpolation Images
−147
−153
−154
−155.5
−80
dBm/Hz
dBm/Hz
dBm/Hz
dBm/Hz
dBc
Transmitter to Transmitter
Isolation
85
dB
75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz
75
70
65
56
dB
dB
dB
dB
600 MHz < f ≤ 2800 MHz
2800 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
4800 MHz < f ≤ 5700 MHz
5700 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Image Rejection
Within Large Signal
Bandwidth
QEC active
70
65
62
60
40
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz
600 MHz < f ≤ 4000 MHz
4000 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Assumes that distortion power density is
25 dB below desired power density
Beyond Large Signal
Bandwidth
Maximum Output Power
0 dBFS, continuous wave (CW) tone into
50 Ω load, 0 dB transmitter attenuation
9
7
6
4.5
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz
600 MHz < f ≤ 3000 MHz
3000 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
0 dB transmitter attenuation
Third-Order Output
Intermodulation
Intercept Point
OIP3
29
27
23
dBm
dBm
dBm
75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz
600 MHz < f ≤ 4000 MHz
4000 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Carrier Leakage
With LO leakage correction active, 0 dB
attenuation, scales decibel for decibel
with attenuation, measured in 1 MHz
bandwidth, resolution bandwidth and
video bandwidth = 100 kHz, rms
detector, 100 trace average
Carrier Offset from LO
Carrier on LO
−84
−82
−80
−71
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
dBFS
75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz
600 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Rev. B | Page 6 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
Parameter
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Test Conditions/Comments
Error Vector Magnitude
(Third Generation
EVM
Partnership Project
(3GPP) Test Signals)
75 MHz LO
0.5
%
300 kHz RF PLL loop bandwidth, test
equipment phase noise performance
limited
1900 MHz LO
3800 MHz LO
5900 MHz LO
0.7
0.7
1.1
50
%
%
%
Ω
50 kHz RF PLL loop bandwidth
300 kHz RF PLL loop bandwidth
300 kHz RF PLL loop bandwidth
Differential (see Figure 427)
Output Impedance
OBSERVATION RECEIVER
Center Frequency
Gain Range
ZOUT
ORx
75
6000
MHz
dB
30
Third-order input intermodulation
intercept point (IIP3) improves decibel
for decibel for the first 18 dB of gain
attenuation, QEC performance optimi-
zed for 0 dB to 6 dB of attenuation only
Analog Gain Step
Peak-to-Peak Gain
Deviation
0.5
1
dB
dB
For attenuator steps from 0 dB to 6 dB
450 MHz bandwidth, compensated by
programmable FIR filter
Gain Slope
0.1
1
dB
Any 20 MHz bandwidth span, compens-
ated by programmable FIR filter
Degree 450 MHz RF bandwidth
s
Deviation from Linear Phase
Observation Receiver
Bandwidth
450
MHz
Observation Receiver Alias
Band Rejection
60
dB
Due to digital filters
Maximum Useable Input
Level
PHIGH
0 dB attenuation, increases decibel for
decibel with attenuation, CW
corresponds to −1 dBFS at ADC
−11
−9.5
−8
−58.5
−57.5
62
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBFS
dBFS
dBm
75 MHz < f ≤ 3000 MHz
3000 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
450 MHz integration bandwidth
491.52 MHz integration bandwidth
Maximum observation receiver gain,
(PHIGH − 14 dB) per tone (see the
Terminology section), 75 MHz < f ≤
600 MHz
Integrated Noise
Second-Order Input
Intermodulation
Intercept Point
IIP2
IIP3
62
dBm
Maximum observation receiver gain,
(PHIGH − 8 dB) per tone (see the
Terminology section), 600 MHz < f ≤
3000 MHz
Third-Order Input
Intermodulation
Intercept Point
Narrow Band
4
dBm
dBm
75 MHz < f ≤ 300 MHz, test condition:
(PHIGH − 14) dB per tone
300 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz, (PHIGH − 14) dB
per tone
11
Third-order intermodulation product
(IM3) product < 130 MHz at baseband,
(PHIGH − 8) dB per tone
12
12
11
dBm
dBm
dBm
600 MHz < f ≤ 3000 MHz
3000 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Rev. B | Page 7 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
Parameter
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Test Conditions/Comments
Wide Band
7
7
6
dBm
dBm
dBm
600 MHz < f ≤ 3000 MHz
3000 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Third-Order Intermodulation IM3
Product
IM3 product < 130 MHz at baseband,
two tones, each at (PHIGH − 12) dB
−70
−67
−62
−80
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
600 MHz < f ≤ 3000 MHz
3000 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
IM5 product < 50 MHz at baseband,
two tones, each at (PHIGH − 12) dB,
600 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Fifth-Order Intermodulation
Product (1800 MHz)
IM5
Seventh-Order
Intermodulation Product
(1800 MHz)
Spurious-Free Dynamic
Range
IM7
−80
70
dBc
dB
IM7 product < 50 MHz at baseband,
two tones, each at (PHIGH − 12) dB,
600 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Non IMx related spurs, does not
include HDx, (PHIGH − 9) dB input signal,
600 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
SFDR
Harmonic Distortion
(PHIGH − 11) dB input signal
Second-Order Harmonic
Distortion Product
HD2
HD3
−80
dBc
(PHIGH – 11) dB input signal 75 MHz < f ≤
600 MHz, (PHIGH – 9) dB input signal
600 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz, in band harmo-
nic distortion falls within 100 MHz
Out of band harmonic distortion falls
within 225 MHz
In band harmonic distortion falls
within 100 MHz
Out of band harmonic distortion falls
within 225 MHz
−80
−70
−60
dBc
dBc
dBc
Third-Order Harmonic
Distortion Product
Image Rejection
QEC active
Within Large Signal
Bandwidth
Outside Large Signal
Bandwidth
Input Impedance
Isolation
65
dB
dB
Ω
55
100
Differential (see Figure 428)
75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz
Transmitter 1 (Tx1) to
Observation Receiver 1
(ORx1) and
100
dB
Transmitter 2 (Tx2) to
Observation Receiver 2
(ORx2)
65
55
105
dB
dB
dB
600 MHz < f ≤ 5300 MHz
5300 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz
Tx1 to ORx2 and Tx2 to
ORx1
65
55
dB
dB
600 MHz < f ≤ 5300 MHz
5300 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
RECEIVERS
Center Frequency
Gain Range
Analog Gain Step
75
6000
MHz
dB
dB
30
0.5
1
Attenuator steps from 0 dB to 6 dB
Attenuator steps from 6 dB to 30 dB
dB
Bandwidth Ripple
0.5
dB
200 MHz bandwidth, compensated by
programmable FIR filter
0.2
dB
Any 20 MHz bandwidth span, compens-
ated by programmable FIR filter
Rev. B | Page 8 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
Parameter
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
MHz
dB
Test Conditions/Comments
Receiver Bandwidth
Receiver Alias Band
Rejection
200
80
Due to digital filters
Maximum Useable Input
Level
PHIGH
0 dB attenuation, increases decibel for
decibel with attenuation, CW =
1800 MHz, corresponds to −1 dBFS at
ADC
−11
−10.2
−9.5
dBm
dBm
dBm
75 MHz < f ≤ 3000 MHz
3000 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
0 dB attenuation, at receiver port
75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz
600 MHz < f ≤ 3000 MHz
3000 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Noise Figure
Ripple
NF
11.5
12
13
15.2
1.8
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
At band edge maximum bandwidth
mode
Third-Order Input
Intermodulation
Intercept Point
IIP3
Difference Product
IIP3D
12
12
dBm
dBm
75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz, (PHIGH − 12) dB
per tone, 600 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz,
(PHIGH − 10) dB per tone, two tones near
band edge
75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz, (PHIGH − 12) dB
per tone, 600 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz,
(PHIGH − 10) dB per tone, two tones at
bandwidth/6 offset from the LO
75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz, (PHIGH − 6) dB,
600 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz, (PHIGH − 4) dB,
CW tone at bandwidth/6 offset from
the LO
Sum Product
IIP3S
HD3
Third-Order Harmonic
Distortion Product
−65
−66
−62
62
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBm
75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz
600 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz, (PHIGH − 12) dB
per tone, 600 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz,
(PHIGH − 10) dB per tone, 0 dB
attenuation, complex
Second-Order Input
Intermodulation
Intercept Point
IIP2
Image Rejection
Input Impedance
Receiver to Receiver
Isolation
75
dB
QEC active, within 200 MHz receiver
bandwidth
Differential (see Figure 429)
75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz
100
77
Ω
dB
65
61
dB
dB
600 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Receiver Band Spurs
Referenced to RF Input
at Maximum Gain
−95
dBm
No more than one spur at this level per
10 MHz of receiver bandwidth
Receiver LO Leakage at
Receiver Input at
Maximum Gain
Leakage decreases decibel for decibel
with attenuation for first 12 dB
−70
−70
−65
dBm
dBm
dBm
75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz
600 MHz < f ≤ 3000 MHz
3000 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Rev. B | Page 9 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
Parameter
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Test Conditions/Comments
LO SYNTHESIZER
LO Frequency Step
2.3
Hz
1.5 GHz to 2.8 GHz, 76.8 MHz phase
frequency detector (PFD) frequency
LO Spur
Integrated Phase Noise
75 MHz LO
1900 MHz LO
3800 MHz LO
−85
dBc
Excludes integer boundary spurs
2 kHz to 18 MHz
Narrow PLL loop bandwidth (50 kHz)
Narrow PLL loop bandwidth (50 kHz)
Wide PLL loop bandwidth (300 kHz)
Wide PLL loop bandwidth (300 kHz)
0.014
0.2
0.36
0.54
°rms
°rms
°rms
°rms
5900 MHz LO
Spot Phase Noise
75 MHz LO
Narrow PLL loop bandwidth
10 kHz Offset
100 kHz Offset
1 MHz Offset
10 MHz Offset
1900 MHz LO
−126.5
−132.8
−150.1
−150.7
dBc/Hz
dBc/Hz
dBc/Hz
dBc/Hz
Narrow PLL loop bandwidth
100 kHz Offset
200 kHz Offset
400 kHz Offset
600 kHz Offset
800 kHz Offset
1.2 MHz Offset
1.8 MHz Offset
6 MHz Offset
−100
−115
−120
−129
−132
−135
−140
−150
−153
dBc/Hz
dBc/Hz
dBc/Hz
dBc/Hz
dBc/Hz
dBc/Hz
dBc/Hz
dBc/Hz
dBc/Hz
10 MHz Offset
3800 MHz LO
Wide PLL loop bandwidth
Wide PLL loop bandwidth
100 kHz Offset
1.2 MHz Offset
10 MHz Offset
5900 MHz LO
−104
−125
−145
dBc/Hz
dBc/Hz
dBc/Hz
100 kHz Offset
1.2 MHz Offset
10 MHz Offset
LO PHASE SYNCHRONIZATION
Phase Deviation
−99
−119.7
−135.4
dBc/Hz
dBc/Hz
dBc/Hz
1.6
ps/°C
Change in LO delay per temperature
change
EXTERNAL LO INPUT
Input Frequency
fEXTLO
150
0
8000
12
MHz
Input frequency must be 2 × the
desired LO frequency
50 Ω matching at the source
fEXTLO ≤ 2 GHz, add 0.5 dBm/GHz above
2 GHz
Input Signal Power
dBm
dBm
3
6
dBm
fEXTLO = 8 GHz
External LO Input Signal
Differential
To ensure adequate QEC
Phase Error
Amplitude Error
Duty Cycle Error
3.6
1
2
ps
dB
%
Even Order Harmonics
CLOCK SYNTHESIZER
Integrated Phase Noise
1966.08 MHz LO
−50
dBc
1 kHz to 100 MHz
PLL optimized for close in phase noise
0.4
°rms
Rev. B | Page 10 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
Parameter
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Test Conditions/Comments
Spot Phase Noise
1966.08 MHz
100 kHz Offset
1 MHz Offset
10 MHz Offset
−109
−129
−149
dBc/Hz
dBc/Hz
dBc/Hz
REFERENCE CLOCK
(REF_CLK_IN )
Frequency Range
Signal Level
10
0.3
1000
2.0
MHz
V p-p
AC-coupled, common-mode voltage
(VCM) = 618 mV, for best spurious
performance use <1 V p-p input clock
AUXILIARY CONVERTERS
ADC
Resolution
12
Bits
Input Voltage
Minimum
Maximum
0.05
V
V
VDDA_
3P3 −
0.05
DAC
Resolution
Output Voltage
Minimum
Maximum
10
Bits
Includes four offset levels
0.7
VDDA_
V
V
1 V voltage reference (VREF)
2.5 V VREF
3P3 − 0.3
Output Drive Capability
10
mA
DIGITAL SPECIFICATIONS
(COMPLEMENTARY METAL-
OXIDE SEMICONDUCTOR
(CMOS)) FOR SPI, GPIO_x,
TXx_ENABLE, ORXx_ENABLE
Logic Inputs
Input Voltage
High Level
VDD_
INTERFACE
× 0.8
VDD_
INTERFACE
V
V
Low Level
0
VDD_
INTERFACE
× 0.2
Input Current
High Level
Low Level
−10
−10
+10
+10
μA
μA
Logic Outputs
Output Voltage
High Level
VDD_
INTERFACE
× 0.8
V
Low Level
VDD_
V
INTERFACE
× 0.2
Drive Capability
3
mA
Rev. B | Page 11 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
Parameter
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Test Conditions/Comments
DIGITAL SPECIFICATIONS
(CMOS) FOR GPIO_3P3_x
Logic Inputs
Input Voltage
High Level
VDDA_
3P3 × 0.8
0
VDDA_3P3
V
V
Low Level
VDDA_
3P3 × 0.2
Input Current
High Level
Low Level
−10
−10
+10
+10
μA
μA
Logic Outputs
Output Voltage
High Level
VDDA_
3P3 × 0.8
V
Low Level
VDDA_
V
3P3 × 0.2
Drive Capability
4
mA
DIGITAL SPECIFICATIONS
(LOW VOLTAGE
DIFFERENTIAL SIGNALING
(LVDS))
Logic Inputs (SYSREF_IN ,
SYNCINx )
Input Voltage Range
Input Differential
Voltage Threshold
Receiver Differential
Input Impedance
825
−100
1675
+100
mV
mV
Each differential input in the pair
Internal termination enabled
100
Ω
Logic Outputs (SYNCOUTx )
Output Voltage
High
Low
Output Differential
Voltage
1375
mV
mV
mV
1025
225
Programmable in 75 mV steps
Output Offset Voltage
SPI TIMING
1200
mV
SCLK Period
SCLK Pulse Width
CS Setup to First SCLK Rising tSC
Edge
tCP
tMP
20
10
3
ns
ns
ns
Last SCLK Falling Edge to CS
Hold
SDIO Data Input Setup to
SCLK
SDIO Data Input Hold to
SCLK
SCLK Rising Edge to Output
Data Delay (3-Wire or
4-Wire Mode)
tHC
0
2
0
3
ns
ns
ns
ns
tS
tH
tCO
8
Bus Turnaround Time,
Read After Baseband
Processor (BBP) Drives
Last Address Bit
Bus Turnaround Time,
Read After ADRV9009
Drives Last Data Bit
tHZM
tH
0
tCO
ns
ns
tHZS
tCO
Rev. B | Page 12 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
Parameter
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Test Conditions/Comments
JESD204B DATA OUTPUT
TIMING
AC-coupled
Unit Interval
Data Rate per Channel,
Nonreturn to Zero (NRZ)
UI
81.38
3125
320
12,288
ps
Mbps
Rise Time
Fall Time
Output Common-Mode
Voltage
tR
tF
VCM
24
24
0
39.5
39.4
ps
ps
V
20% to 80% in 100 Ω load
20% to 80% in 100 Ω load
AC-coupled
1.8
Differential Output Voltage
Short-Circuit Current
Differential Termination
Impedance
VDIFF
IDSHORT
360
−100
80
600
770
+100
120
mV
mA
Ω
94.2
Total Jitter
Uncorrelated Bounded High UBHPJ
Probability Jitter
15.13
0.56
ps
ps
Bit error rate (BER) = 10−15
Duty Cycle Distortion
SYSREF_IN Setup Time to
REF_CLK_IN
SYSREF_IN Hold Time to
REF_CLK_IN
Latency
DCD
0.369
116.5
ps
ns
2.5
See Figure 2
−1.5
ns
See Figure 2
tLAT_FRM
REF_CLK_IN = 245.76 MHz
Clock
Observation receiver bandwidth =
450 MHz, IQ rate = 491.52 MHz, lane
rate = 9830.4 MHz, number of
cycles
converters (M) = 4, number of lanes (L)
= 2, converter resolution (N) = 16,
number of samples per converter (S) = 1
237.02
89.4
ns
Clock
cycles
Receiver bandwidth = 200 MHz, IQ rate
= 245.76 MHz, lane rate = 9830.4 MHz,
M = 2, L = 2, N = 16, S = 1
364.18
ns
JESD204B DATA INPUT TIMING
Unit Interval
Data Rate per Channel (NRZ)
Differential Voltage
Termination Voltage (VTT)
Source Impedance
AC-coupled
UI
81.38
3125
125
320
12288
750
30
ps
Mbps
mV
Ω
VDIFF
ZTT
8.9
Differential Impedance
Termination Voltage
AC-Coupled
ZRDIFF
VTT
80
105.1
120
Ω
Ω
V
1.267
1.33
Latency
tLAT_DEFRM
74.45
Clock
cycles
Device clock = 245.76 MHz, transmitter
bandwidth = 200 MHz, IQ rate =
491.52 MHz, lane rate = 9830.4 MHz,
M = 2, L = 2, N = 16, S = 1
153.5
ns
1 VDDA1P3 refers to all analog 1.3 V supplies, including: VDDA1P3_RF_SYNTH, VDDA1P3_BB, VDDA1P3_RX_RF, VDDA1P3_RX_TX, VDDA1P3_RF_VCO_LDO,
VDDA1P3_RF_LO, VDDA1P3_DES, VDDA1P3_SER, VDDA1P3_CLOCK_SYNTH, VDDA1P3_CLOCK_VCO_LDO, VDDA1P3_AUX_SYNTH, and VDDA1P3_AUX_VCO_LDO.
Rev. B | Page 13 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
CURRENT AND POWER CONSUMPTION SPECIFICATIONS
Table 2.
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Test Conditions/Comments
SUPPLY CHARACTERISTICS
VDDA1P31 Analog Supply
VDDD1P3_DIG Supply
VDDA1P8_TX Supply
VDDA1P8_BB Supply
VDD_INTERFACE Supply
VDDA_3P3 Supply
1.267 1.3
1.267 1.3
1.33
1.33
1.89
1.89
2.625
3.465
V
V
V
V
V
V
1.71
1.71
1.71
1.8
1.8
1.8
CMOS and LVDS supply, 1.8 V to 2.5 V nominal range
3.135 3.3
POSITIVE SUPPLY CURRENT
LO at 2600 MHz
450 MHz Transmitter Bandwidth,
Observation Receiver Disabled
Two transmitters enabled
VDDA1P31 Analog Supply
VDDD1P3_DIG Supply
VDDA1P8_TX Supply
1520
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
619
455
135
30
8
Transmitter QEC active
Transmitter RF attenuation = 0 dB, full-scale CW
Transmitter RF attenuation = 15 dB, full-scale CW
VDDA1P8_BB Supply
VDD_INTERFACE Supply
VDDA_3P3 Supply
VDD_INTERFACE = 2.5 V
No Auxiliary DAC x or AUXADC_x enabled, if enabled,
3
AUXADC_x adds 2.7 mA and each Auxiliary DAC x adds 1.5 mA
Total Power Dissipation
3.68
3.11
W
W
Typical supply voltages, 0 dB transmitter attenuation,
transmitter QEC active
Typical supply voltages, 15 dB transmitter attenuation,
transmitter QEC active
450 MHz Transmitter Bandwidth,
Observation Receiver Enabled
Two transmitters enabled, one ORx enabled
VDDA1P31 Analog Supply
VDDD1P3_DIG Supply
2073
1541
mA
mA
Transmitter QEC tracking active, observation receiver QEC
enabled, transmitter LTE20 centered on LO, observation
receiver LTE20 at −16 dBm centered on LO
2100
mA
Transmitter two tone = −99 MHz and 100 MHz at −7 dBFS each,
observation receiver one tone = 100 MHz at −16 dBm
VDDA1P8_TX Supply
455
135
63
8
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
Transmitter RF attenuation = 0 dB, full scale CW
Transmitter RF attenuation = 15 dB, full scale CW
VDDA1P8_BB Supply
VDD_INTERFACE Supply
VDDA_3P3 Power Supply
VDD_INTERFACE = 2.5 V
No Auxiliary DAC x or AUXADC_x enabled, if enabled,
3
AUXADC_x adds 2.7 mA and each Auxiliary DAC x adds 1.5 mA
Total Power Dissipation
5.66
5.08
W
W
Typical supply voltages, 0 dB transmitter attenuation,
transmitter QEC active
Typical supply voltages, 15 dB transmitter attenuation,
transmitter QEC active
200 MHz Receiver Bandwidth,
Observation Receiver Disabled
Two receivers enabled
Receiver QEC active
VDDA1P31 Analog Supply
VDDD1P3_DIG Supply
VDDA1P8_TX Supply
VDDA1P8_BB Supply
VDD_INTERFACE Supply
VDDA_3P3 Supply
1645
984
0.4
68
8
3
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
No Auxiliary DAC x or AUXADC_x enabled, if enabled,
AUXADC_x adds 2.7 mA and each Auxiliary DAC x adds 1.5 mA
Total Power Dissipation
3.57
W
Typical supply voltages, receiver QEC active
1 VDDA1P3 refers to all analog 1.3 V supplies, including: VDDA1P3_RF_SYNTH, VDDA1P3_BB, VDDA1P3_RX_RF, VDDA1P3_RX_TX, VDDA1P3_RF_VCO_LDO,
VDDA1P3_RF_LO, VDDA1P3_DES, VDDA1P3_SER, VDDA1P3_CLOCK_SYNTH, VDDA1P3_CLOCK_VCO_LDO, VDDA1P3_AUX_SYNTH, and VDDA1P3_AUX_VCO_LDO.
Rev. B | Page 14 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
TIMING DIAGRAMS
AT DEVICE PINS
REF_CLK_IN± DELAY
IN REFERENCE TO SYSREF_IN±
AT DEVICE CORE
t’H
t’H
tH
tH
tS
tS
t’S
t’S
REF_CLK_IN±
tH = –1.5ns
tS = +2.5ns
CLK DELAY = 2ns
t’H = +0.5ns
t’S = +0.5ns
NOTES
1. tH AND tS ARE THE HOLD AND SETUP TIMES FOR THE REF_CLK_IN± PINS. t’H AND t’S REFER TO THE
DELAYED HOLD AND SETUP TIMES AT THE DEVICE CORE IN REFERENCE TO THE SYSREF_N± SIGNALS
DUE TO AN INTERNAL BUFFER THAT THE SIGNAL PASSES THROUGH.
Figure 2. SYSREF_IN Setup and Hold Timing
tH
tH
tH
tH
tS
tS
tS
tS
REF_CLK_IN±
SYSREF_IN±
tH = –1.5ns
tS = +2.5ns
VALID SYSREF
INVALID SYSREF
Figure 3. SYSREF_IN Setup and Hold Timing Examples, Relative to Device Clock
SCLK
SDIO
CS
tDCH
Tx
ATTENUATION
tSCH tACH
Figure 4. Transmitter Attenuation Update via SPI 2 Port
Rev. B | Page 15 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
THERMAL MANAGEMENT
Table 3.
The ADRV9009 is a high power device that can dissipate over
3 W depending on the user application and configuration.
Because of the power dissipation, the ADRV9009 uses an
exposed die package to provide the customer with the most
effective method of controlling the die temperature. The exposed
die allows cooling of the die directly. Figure 5 shows the profile
view of the device mounted to a user printed circuit board (PCB)
and a heat sink (typically the aluminum case) to keep the junction
(exposed die) below the maximum TJ detailed in Table 3. The
device is designed for a lifetime of 10 years when operating at
the maximum TJ.
Parameter
Rating
VDDA1P31 to VSSA
VDDD1P3_DIG to VSSD
VDD_INTERFACE to VSSA
VDDA_3P3 to VSSA
VDDA1P8_TX to VSSA
−0.3 V to +1.4 V
−0.3 V to +1.4 V
−0.3 V to +3.0 V
−0.3 V to +3.9 V
−0.3 V to +2.0 V
−0.3 V to VDD_
INTERFACE + 0.3 V
−0.3 V to
VDDA1P3_SER
VDD_INTERFACE Logic Inputs and
Outputs to VSSD
JESD204B Logic Outputs to VSSA
JESD204B Logic Inputs to VSSA
−0.3 V to
VDDA1P3_DES +0.3 V
THERMAL RESISTANCE
Input Current to any Pin Except
Supplies
Maximum Input Power into RF Port 23 dBm (peak)
Maximum Transmitter Voltage
Standing Wave Ratio (VSWR)
10 mA
Thermal performance is directly linked to PCB design and
operating environment. Careful attention to PCB thermal
design is required.
3:1
θJA is the natural convection junction to ambient thermal
resistance measured in a circuit board for surface-mount
packages.
Maximum TJ
Storage Temperature Range
110°C
−65°C to +150°C
1 VDDA1P3 refers to all analog 1.3 V supplies.
θ
JC_TOP is the conduction thermal resistance from junction to case
Stresses at or above those listed under Absolute Maximum
Ratings may cause permanent damage to the product. This is a
stress rating only; functional operation of the product at these
or any other conditions above those indicated in the operational
section of this specification is not implied. Operation beyond
the maximum operating conditions for extended periods may
affect product reliability.
where the case temperature is measured at the top of the package.
Thermal resistance data for the ADRV9009 mounted on both a
JEDEC 2S2P test board and a 10-layer Analog Devices, Inc.,
evaluation board is listed in Table 4. Do not exceed the absolute
maximum TJ rating in Table 3. Ten-layer PCB entries refer to the
10-layer Analog Devices evaluation board, which more
accurately reflects the PCB used in customer applications.
REFLOW PROFILE
Table 4. Thermal Resistance1, 2
The ADRV9009 reflow profile is in accordance with the JEDEC
JESD204B criteria for Pb-free devices. The maximum reflow
temperature is 260°C.
Package Type
θJA
θJC_TOP θJB ΨJT ΨJB Unit
BC-196-13
21.1 0.04
4.9 0.3 4.9
°C/W
1 For the θJC test, 100 µm thermal interface material (TIM) is used. TIM is
assumed to have 3.6 thermal conductivity watts/(meter × Kelvin).
2 Using enhanced heat removal techniques such as PCB, heat sink, and airflow
improves the thermal resistance values.
ESD CAUTION
CUSTOMER CASE (HEAT SINK)
CUSTOMER THERMAL FILLER
SILICON (DIE)
PACKAGE SUBSTRATE
CUSTOMER PCB
Figure 5. Typical Thermal Management Solution
Rev. B | Page 16 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
PIN CONFIGURATION AND FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
B
C
D
E
F
VSSA
ORX2_IN+
ORX2_IN–
VSSA
RX2_IN+
RX2_IN–
VSSA
VSSA
RX1_IN+
RX1_IN–
VSSA
ORX1_IN+
ORX1_IN–
VSSA
VDDA1P3_
RX_RF
RF_EXT_
LO_I/O–
RF_EXT_
LO_I/O+
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VDDA_3P3
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VDDA1P3_
AUX_VCO_
LDO
VDDA1P3_
RX_TX
VDDA1P3_
RF_VCO_LDO RF_VCO_LDO
VDDA1P3_
VDDA1P1_
RF_VCO
VDDA1P3_
RF_LO
GPIO_3P3_0 GPIO_3P3_3
GPIO_3P3_1 GPIO_3P3_4
GPIO_3P3_9
RBIAS
VDDA1P1_
AUX_VCO
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
GPIO_3P3_8 GPIO_3P3_10
AUX_SYNTH_
OUT
GPIO_3P3_2 GPIO_3P3_5 GPIO_3P3_6 VDDA1P8_BB VDDA1P3_BB
REF_CLK_IN+ REF_CLK_IN–
AUXADC_3
AUXADC_2
VSSA
VDDA1P8_TX GPIO_3P3_7 GPIO_3P3_11
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
AUXADC_0
VSSA
AUXADC_1
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VDDA1P3_
CLOCK_ SYNTH
VDDA1P3_
RF_SYNTH
VDDA1P3_
AUX_SYNTH
RF_SYNTH_
VTUNE
G
H
J
VSSA
TX2_OUT–
TX2_OUT+
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
GPIO_2
GPIO_3
VSSD
VSSA
VSSA
SDIO
SCLK
VSSA
GPIO_12
GPIO_13
GPIO_14
GPIO_15
GPIO_16
SERDIN1+
SERDIN3–
GPIO_11
GPIO_10
GPIO_9
GPIO_8
TX1_OUT+
TX1_OUT–
VSSA
GP_
INTERRUPT
GPIO_18
RESET
TEST
GPIO_1
GPIO_0
SDO
K
L
SYSREF_IN+ SYSREF_IN–
GPIO_5
GPIO_6
GPIO_4
GPIO_7
CS
VDDD1P3_
DIG
VDDD1P3_
DIG
VSSA
SYNCIN1–
SYNCIN0–
SYNCIN1+
SYNCIN0+
VSSD
SYNCOUT1– SYNCOUT1+
SYNCOUT0– SYNCOUT0+
VDDA1P1_
CLOCK_VCO
VDD_
INTERFACE
M
N
P
RX1_ENABLE TX1_ENABLE RX2_ENABLE TX2_ENABLE
VSSA
GPIO_17
SERDIN1–
VSSA
VDDA1P3_
CLOCK_
VCO_LDO
VDDA1P3_
SER
VDDA1P3_
DES
SERDOUT3– SERDOUT3+ SERDOUT2– SERDOUT2+
VSSA
SERDIN0–
SERDIN3+
SERDIN0+
SERDIN2–
VSSA
AUX_SYNTH_
VTUNE
VDDA1P3_
SER
VDDA1P3_
DES
VSSA
SERDOUT1– SERDOUT1+ SERDOUT0– SERDOUT0+
SERDIN2+
ADRV9009
Figure 6. Pin Configuration
Table 5. Pin Function Descriptions
Pin No. Type
Mnemonic
Description
A1, A4, A7, A8, A11, A14, B2 to Input
B6, B9 to B14, C4, C9, C11,
D3 to D9, D11, D12, E6, E9,
F1, F2, F5 to F10, F12 to
F14, G1 to G4, G6, G10 to
G14, H2 to H10, H13, J2,
J13, K1, K2, K13, K14, L1, L2,
M2, M9, N2, N7, N14, P2,
P3, P10
VSSA
Analog Supply Voltage (VSS).
A2, A3
Input
ORX2_IN+, ORX2_IN−
Differential Input for Observation Receiver 2. When unused, connect
these pins to ground.
Rev. B | Page 17 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
Pin No.
Type
Mnemonic
Description
A5, A6
Input
RX2_IN+, RX2_IN−
Differential Input for Main Receiver 2. When unused, connect these pins
to ground.
A9, A10
Input
Input
RX1_IN+, RX1_IN−
ORX1_IN+, ORX1_IN−
VDDA1P3_RX_RF
Differential Input for Main Receiver 1. When unused, connect these
pins to ground.
Differential Input for Observation Receiver 1. When unused, connect
these pins to ground.
A12, A13
B1
B7, B8
Input
Input
Observation Receiver Supply.
RF_EXT_LO_I/O−,
RF_EXT_LO_I/O+,
Differential External LO Input/Output. If these pins are used for the
external LO, the input frequency must be 2× the desired carrier
frequency. When unused, do not connect these pins.
C1
Input/
output
GPIO_3P3_0
GPIO_3P3_3
GPIO_3P3_9
GPIO_3P3_1
GPIO_3P3_4
GPIO_3P3_8
GPIO_3P3_10
GPIO_3P3_2
GPIO_3P3_5
GPIO_3P3_6
GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. The alternate function is AUXDAC_4.
Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on the pin must
be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to ground through a
resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or this pin can be left
floating, programmed as outputs, and driven low.
GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. Because this pin contains an input
stage, the voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin
can be tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against
misconfiguration), or these pins can be left floating, programmed as
outputs, and driven low.
GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. The alternative function is
AUXDAC_9. Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on
the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to
ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or
these pins can be left floating, programmed as outputs, and driven low.
GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. The alternative function is
AUXDAC_5. Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on
the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to
ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or
these pins can be left floating, programmed as outputs, and driven low.
GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. The alternative function is
AUXDAC_6. Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on
the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to
ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or
these pins can be left floating, programmed as outputs, and driven low.
GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. The alternative function is
AUXDAC_1. Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on
the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to
ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or
these pins can be left floating, programmed as outputs, and driven low.
GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. The alternative function is
AUXDAC_0. Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on
the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to
ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or
these pins can be left floating, programmed as outputs, and driven low.
GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. Because this pin contains an input
stage, the voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this
pin can be tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against
misconfiguration), or these pins can be left floating, programmed as
outputs, and driven low.
C2
Input/
output
C13
D1
D2
D13
D14
E1
Input/
output
Input/
output
Input/
output
Input/
output
Input/
output
Input/
output
E2
Input/
output
GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. The alternative function is
AUXDAC_7. Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on
the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to
ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or
these pins can be left floating, programmed as outputs, and driven low.
GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. The alternative function is
AUXDAC_8. Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on
the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to
ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or
these pins can be left floating, programmed as outputs, and driven low.
E3
Input/
output
Rev. B | Page 18 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
Pin No.
Type
Mnemonic
Description
E13
Input/
output
GPIO_3P3_7
GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. The alternative function is
AUXDAC_2. Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on
the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to
ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or
these pins can be left floating, programmed as outputs, and driven low.
E14
Input/
output
GPIO_3P3_11
GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. The alternative function is
AUXDAC_3. Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on
the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to
ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or
these pins can be left floating, programmed as outputs, and driven low.
C3
Input
Input
VDDA1P3_RX_TX
1.3 V Supply for Transmitter/Receiver Baseband Circuits, Transimpedance
Amplifier (TIA), Transmitter Transconductance (GM), Baseband Filters,
and Auxiliary DACs.
RF VCO LDO Supply Inputs. Connect Pin C5 to Pin C6. Use a separate
trace on the PCB back to a common supply point.
C5, C6
VDDA1P3_RF_VCO_LDO
C7
C8
Input
Input
VDDA1P1_RF_VCO
VDDA1P3_RF_LO
1.1 V VCO Supply. Decouple this pin with 1 μF.
1.3 V LO Generator for the RF Synthesizer. This pin is sensitive to
supply noise.
C10
C12
Input
Input
VDDA1P3_AUX_VCO_LDO 1.3 V Supply.
VDDA_3P3
General-Purpose Output Pull-Up Voltage and Auxiliary DAC Supply
Voltage.
C14
Input/
output
RBIAS
Bias Resistor. Tie this pin to ground using a 14.3 kΩ resistor. This pin
generates an internal current based on an external 1% resistor.
D10
E4
E5
Input
Input
Input
Input
VDDA1P1_AUX_VCO
VDDA1P8_BB
VDDA1P3_BB
REF_CLK_IN+,
REF_CLK_IN−
1.1 V VCO Supply. Decouple this pin with 1 μF.
1.8 V Supply for the ADC and DAC.
1.3 V Supply for the ADC, DAC, and AUXADC.
Device Clock Differential Input.
E7, E8
E10
E12
Output AUX_SYNTH_OUT
Auxiliary PLL Output. When unused, do not connect this pin.
1.8 V Supply for Transmitter.
Input
Input
VDDA1P8_TX
F3, F4, F11, E11
AUXADC_0 to AUXADC_3 Auxiliary ADC Input. When unused, connect these pins to ground with a
pull-down resistor, or connect directly to ground.
G5
Input
VDDA1P3_CLOCK_SYNTH
1.3 V Supply Input for Clock Synthesizer. Use a separate trace on the
PCB back to a common supply point.
G7
G8
Input
Input
VDDA1P3_RF_SYNTH
VDDA1P3_AUX_SYNTH
1.3 V RF Synthesizer Supply Input. This pin is sensitive to supply noise.
1.3 V Auxiliary Synthesizer Supply Input.
G9
Output RF_SYNTH_VTUNE
RF Synthesizer VTUNE Output.
H11
Input/
output
GPIO_12
GPIO_11
GPIO_13
GPIO_10
Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. Because this pin contains an input stage, the
voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be
tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration),
or it can be left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. Because this pin contains an input stage, the
voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be
tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration),
or it can be left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. Because this pin contains an input stage, the
voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be
tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration),
or it can be left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. Because this pin contains an input stage, the
voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied
to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or it
can be left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
H12
J11
J12
Input/
output
Input/
output
Input/
output
Rev. B | Page 19 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
Pin No.
Type
Mnemonic
Description
J3
Input/
output
GPIO_18
Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. The joint test action group (JTAG) function is
TCLK. Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on the pin
must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to ground
through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or it can be
left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
J7
Input/
output
GPIO_2
GPIO_1
GPIO_5
GPIO_4
GPIO_3
GPIO_0
Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. The user sets the JTAG function to 0.
Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on the pin must
be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to ground through a
resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or it can be left floating,
programmed as output, and driven low.
Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. The user sets the JTAG function to 0. Because
this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on the pin must be
controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to ground through a
resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or it can be left floating,
programmed as output, and driven low.
Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. The JTAG function is TDO. Because this pin
contains an input stage, the voltage on the pin must be controlled.
When unused, this pin can be tied to ground through a resistor (to
safeguard against misconfiguration), or it can be left floating,
programmed as output, and driven low.
Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. The JTAG function is TRST. Because this pin
contains an input stage, the voltage on the pin must be controlled.
When unused, this pin can be tied to ground through a resistor (to
safeguard against misconfiguration), or it can be left floating,
programmed as output, and driven low.
Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. The user sets the JTAG function to 1. Because
this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on the pin must be
controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to ground through a
resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or it can be left floating,
programmed as output, and driven low.
Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. The user sets the JTAG function to 1. Because
this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on the pin must be
controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to ground through a
resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or it can be left floating,
programmed as output, and driven low.
J8
Input/
output
K5
K6
K7
K8
Input/
output
Input/
output
Input/
output
Input/
output
K11
K12
L5
Input/
output
GPIO_14
GPIO_9
GPIO_6
Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. Because this pin contains an input stage, the
voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be
tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration),
or it can be left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. Because this pin contains an input stage, the
voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be
tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration),
or it can be left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. The JTAG function is TDI. Because this pin
contains an input stage, the voltage on the pin must be controlled. When
unused, this pin can be tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard
against misconfiguration), or it can be left floating, programmed as
output, and driven low.
Input/
output
Input/
output
L6
Input/
output
GPIO_7
Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. The JTAG function is TMS. Because this pin
contains an input stage, the voltage on the pin must be controlled. When
unused, this pin can be tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard
against misconfiguration), or it can be left floating, programmed as
output, and driven low.
L11
Input/
output
GPIO_15
Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. Because this pin contains an input stage, the
voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be
tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration),
or it can be left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
Rev. B | Page 20 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
Pin No.
Type
Mnemonic
Description
L12
Input/
output
GPIO_8
Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. Because this pin contains an input stage, the
voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be
tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration),
or it can be left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
M10
M11
Input/
output
GPIO_17
GPIO_16
Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. Because this pin contains an input stage, the
voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be
tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration),
or it can be left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. Because this pin contains an input stage, the
voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be
tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration),
or it can be left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
Input/
output
H14, J14
H1, J1
J4
Output TX1_OUT+, TX1_OUT−
Output TX2_OUT−, TX2_OUT+
Transmitter 1 Output. When unused, do not connect these pins.
Transmitter 2 Output. When unused, do not connect these pins.
Active Low Chip Reset.
Input
RESET
J5
Output GP_INTERRUPT
General-Purpose Digital Interrupt Output Signal. When unused, do
not connect this pin.
J6
J9
Input
TEST
SDIO
Pin Used for JTAG Boundary Scan. When unused, connect this pin to
ground.
Serial Data Input in 4-Wire Mode or Input/Output in 3-Wire Mode.
Input/
output
J10
K3, K4
K9
Output SDO
Serial Data Output. In SPI 3-wire mode, do not connect this pin.
LVDS Input.
Serial Data Bus Clock.
Input
Input
Input
Input
SYSREF_IN+, SYSREF_IN−
SCLK
CS
K10
Serial Data Bus Chip Select, Active Low.
L3, L4
SYNCIN1−, SYNCIN1+
LVDS Input. These pins form the sync signal associated with receiver
channel data on the JESD204B interface. When unused, connect these
pins to ground with a pull-down resistor, or connect these pins directly to
ground.
L7, L10
L8, L9
Input
Input
VSSD
VDDD1P3_DIG
Digital VSS.
1.3 V Digital Core. Connect Pin L8 and Pin L9 together. Use a wide
trace to connect to a separate power supply domain.
L13, L14
Output SYNCOUT1−, SYNCOUT1+ LVDS Output. These pins form the sync signal associated with transmitter
channel data on the JESD204B interface. When unused, do not connect
these pins.
M1
M3, M4
Input
Input
VDDA1P1_CLOCK_VCO
SYNCIN0−, SYNCIN0+
1.1 V VCO Supply. Decouple this pin with 1 μF.
LVDS Input. These pins form the sync signal associated with receiver
channel data on the JESD204B interface. When unused, connect these
pins to ground with a pull-down resistor, or connect these pins directly to
ground.
M5
M6
M7
M8
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
RX1_ENABLE
TX1_ENABLE
RX2_ENABLE
TX2_ENABLE
VDD_INTERFACE
Receiver 1 Enable Pin. When unused, connect this pin to ground with a
pull-down resistor, or connect this pin directly to ground.
Transmitter 1 Enable Pin. When unused, connect this pin to ground
with a pull-down resistor, or connect this pin directly to ground.
Receiver 2 Enable Pin. When unused, connect this pin to ground with a
pull-down resistor, or connect this pin directly to ground.
Transmitter 2 Enable Pin. When unused, connect this pin to ground
with a pull-down resistor, or connect this pin directly to ground.
M12
Input/Output Interface Supply, 1.8 V to 2.5 V.
M13, M14
Output SYNCOUT0−, SYNCOUT0+ LVDS Output. These pins form the sync signal associated with transmitter
channel data on the JESD204B interface. When unused, do not connect
these pins.
Rev. B | Page 21 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
Pin No.
Type
Mnemonic
Description
N1
Input
VDDA1P3_CLOCK_
VCO_LDO
1.3 V Use Separate Trace to Common Supply Point.
N3, N4
Output SERDOUT3−, SERDOUT3+
RF Current Mode Logic (CML) Differential Output 3. When unused, do
not connect these pins.
N5, N6
N8, P8
N9, P9
N10, N11
N13, N12
P1
Output SERDOUT2−, SERDOUT2+
RF CML Differential Output 2. When unused, do not connect these pins.
1.3 V Supply for JESD204B Serializer.
1.3 V Supply for JESD204B Deserializer.
RF CML Differential Input 1. When unused, do not connect these pins.
RF CML Differential Input 0. When unused, do not connect these pins.
Auxiliary Synthesizer VTUNE Output.
Input
Input
Input
Input
VDDA1P3_SER
VDDA1P3_DES
SERDIN1−, SERDIN1+
SERDIN0+, SERDIN0−
Output AUX_SYNTH_VTUNE
P4, P5
Output SERDOUT1−, SERDOUT1+, RF CML Differential Output 1. When unused, do not connect these
pins.
P6, P7
Output SERDOUT0−,
SERDOUT0+,
RF CML Differential Output 0. When unused, do not connect these
pins.
P11, P12
P13, P14
Input
Input
SERDIN3−, SERDIN3+
SERDIN2−, SERDIN2+
RF CML Differential Input 3. When unused, do not connect these pins.
RF CML Differential Input 2. When unused, do not connect these pins.
Rev. B | Page 22 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
The temperature settings refer to the die temperature
75 MHz TO 525 MHz BAND
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
–110
+110°C ATTN = 20dB
+110°C ATTN = 15dB
+110°C ATTN = 10dB
+110°C ATTN = 5dB
+110°C ATTN = 0dB
+25°C ATTN = 20dB
+25°C ATTN = 15dB
+25°C ATTN = 10dB
+25°C ATTN = 5dB
+25°C ATTN = 0dB
–40°C ATTN = 20dB
–40°C ATTN = 15dB
–40°C ATTN = 10dB
–40°C ATTN = 5dB
–40°C ATTN = 0dB
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–25
–20
–15
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY AND
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION FREQUENCY (MHz)
–10
–5
5
10
15
20
25
75
125
175
225
275
325
375
425
475
525
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 7. Transmitter CW Output Power vs. Transmitter LO Frequency, Transmitter
QEC and External LO Leakage Active, Transmitter 50 MHz/100 MHz Bandwidth
Mode, IQ Rate = 122.88 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB, Not De-Embedded
Figure 9. Transmitter Image Rejection vs. Baseband Offset Frequency and
Transmitter Attenuation, QEC Trained with Three Tones Placed at 10 MHz,
48 MHz, and 100 MHz (Tracking On), Total Combined Power = −10 dBFS,
Correction Then Frozen (Tracking Turned Off), CW Tone Swept Across Large
Signal Bandwidth, LO = 300 MHz
0
0
–10
+110°C ATTN = 20dB
+110°C ATTN = 15dB
+110°C ATTN = 10dB
+110°C ATTN = 5dB
+110°C ATTN = 0dB
+25°C ATTN = 20dB
+25°C ATTN = 15dB
+25°C ATTN = 10dB
+25°C ATTN = 5dB
+25°C ATTN = 0dB
–40°C ATTN = 20dB
–40°C ATTN = 15dB
–40°C ATTN = 10dB
–40°C ATTN = 5dB
–40°C ATTN = 0dB
+110°C ATTN = 20dB
+110°C ATTN = 15dB
+110°C ATTN = 10dB
+110°C ATTN = 5dB
+110°C ATTN = 0dB
+25°C ATTN = 20dB
+25°C ATTN = 15dB
+25°C ATTN = 10dB
+25°C ATTN = 5dB
+25°C ATTN = 0dB
–40°C ATTN = 20dB
–40°C ATTN = 15dB
–40°C ATTN = 10dB
–40°C ATTN = 5dB
–40°C ATTN = 0dB
–10
–30
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
–50
–70
–90
–110
–25
–20
–15
–10
–5
5
10
15
20
25
–25
–20
–15
–10
–5
5
10
15
20
25
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY AND
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION (MHz)
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY AND
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION (MHz)
Figure 10. Transmitter Image Rejection vs. Baseband Offset Frequency and
Transmitter Attenuation, QEC Trained with Three Tones Placed at 10 MHz,
48 MHz, and 100 MHz (Tracking On), Total Combined Power = −10 dBFS,
Correction Then Frozen (Tracking Turned Off), CW Tone Swept Across Large
Signal Bandwidth, LO = 525 MHz
Figure 8. Transmitter Image Rejection vs. Baseband Offset Frequency and
Transmitter Attenuation, QEC Trained with Three Tones Placed at 10 MHz,
48 MHz, and 100 MHz (Tracking On), Total Combined Power = −10 dBFS,
Correction Then Frozen (Tracking Turned Off), CW Tone Swept Across Large
Signal Bandwidth, LO = 75.2 MHz
Rev. B | Page 23 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
0.5
0.4
0
10
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
Tx1 – Tx2
Tx2 – Tx1
20
0.3
30
0.2
40
0.1
50
0
60
70
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
80
90
100
110
120
–50 –40 –30 –20 –10
0
10
20
30
40
50
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 11. Transmitter Pass Band Flatness vs. Baseband Offset Frequency, Off Chip
Match Response De-Embedded, LO = 300 MHz, Calibrated at 25°C
Figure 14. Transmitter to Transmitter Isolation vs. Transmitter LO Frequency,
Temperature = 25°C
–75
–77
–79
–81
–83
–85
–140
525MHz = +110°C
300MHz = +110°C
75MHz = +110°C
525MHz = +25°C
300MHz = +25°C
75MHz = +25°C
525MHz = –40°C
300MHz = –40°C
75MHz = –40°C
–145
–150
–155
–160
–165
–170
–87
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–89
–91
–93
–95
75
125
175
225
275
325
375
425
475
525
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 12. Transmitter LO Leakage vs. Transmitter LO Frequency, Transmitter
Attenuation = 0 dB, Baseband Tone Frequency = 10 MHz, Tracked
Figure 15. Transmitter Noise vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, Offset = 50 MHz
0
–40
Tx1 +110°C (LOWER)
Tx1 +110°C (UPPER)
Tx1 +25°C (LOWER)
Tx1 +25°C (UPPER)
Tx1 –40°C (LOWER)
Tx1 –40°C (UPPER)
Tx2 +110°C (LOWER)
Tx2 +110°C (UPPER)
Tx2 +25°C (LOWER)
Tx2 +25°C (UPPER)
Tx2 –40°C (LOWER)
Tx2 –40°C (UPPER)
20
40
–45
–50
–55
–60
–65
–70
–75
Tx1 – Rx1
Tx1 – Rx2
Tx2 – Rx1
Tx2 – Rx2
60
80
100
120
140
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 16. Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio vs. Transmitter
Attenuator Setting, Signal Offset = 0 MHz, LO = 75 MHz, LTE = 20 MHz, Peak to
Average Ratio (PAR) = 12 dB, DAC Boost Normal, Upper Side and Lower Side,
Performance Limited by Spectrum Analyzer at Higher Attenuation Settings
Figure 13. Transmitter to Receiver Isolation vs. Receiver LO Frequency,
Temperature = 25°C
Rev. B | Page 24 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
–40
–45
–50
–55
–60
–65
–70
–75
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
Tx1 +110°C (LOWER)
Tx1 +110°C (UPPER)
Tx1 +25°C (LOWER)
Tx1 +25°C (UPPER)
Tx1 –40°C (LOWER)
Tx1 –40°C (UPPER)
Tx2 +110°C (LOWER)
Tx2 +110°C (UPPER)
Tx2 +25°C (LOWER)
Tx2 +25°C (UPPER)
Tx2 –40°C (LOWER)
Tx2 –40°C (UPPER)
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 17. Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio vs. Transmitter
Attenuator Setting, Signal Offset = 0 MHz, LO = 300 MHz, LTE = 20 MHz,
PAR = 12 dB, DAC Boost Normal, Upper Side and Lower Side, Performance Limited
by Spectrum Analyzer at Higher Attenuation Settings
Figure 20. Transmitter OIP3 Right vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
LO = 300 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS, 20 MHz/25 MHz Tones
50
–40
Tx1 +110°C (LOWER)
Tx1 +110°C (UPPER)
Tx1 +25°C (LOWER)
Tx1 +25°C (UPPER)
Tx1 –40°C (LOWER)
Tx1 –40°C (UPPER)
Tx2 +110°C (LOWER)
Tx2 +110°C (UPPER)
Tx2 +25°C (LOWER)
Tx2 +25°C (UPPER)
Tx2 –40°C (LOWER)
Tx2 –40°C (UPPER)
45
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–45
–50
–55
–60
–65
–70
–75
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 18. Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio vs. Transmitter
Attenuator Setting, Signal Offset = 0 MHz, LO = 525 MHz, LTE = 20 MHz,
PAR = 12 dB, DAC Boost Normal, Upper Side and Lower Side, Performance Limited
by Spectrum Analyzer at Higher Attenuation Settings
Figure 21. Transmitter OIP3 Right vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
LO = 525 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS, 20 MHz/25 MHz Tones
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
50
45
+110°C
+25°C
40
–40°C
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
15
10
5
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
0
0
5
10
15
15
20
20
25
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
10
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND TONE PAIR SWEPT ACROSS PASS BAND (MHz)
Figure 19. Transmitter OIP3 Right vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, LO = 75 MHz,
Total Root Mean Square (RMS) Power = −12 dBFS, 20 MHz/25 MHz Tones
Figure 22. Transmitter OIP3 Right vs. Baseband Tone Pair Swept Across Pass Band,
LO = 75 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS, Transmitter Attenuation = 4 dB
Rev. B | Page 25 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
0
–20
+110°C = (UPPER)
+110°C = (HD2)
+25°C = (UPPER)
+25°C = (HD2)
–40°C = (UPPER)
–40°C = (HD2)
–40
–60
–80
15
10
5
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–100
–120
0
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
5
10
10
15
15
20
20
25
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
Figure 23. Transmitter OIP3 Right vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, LO =
300 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS, Transmitter Attenuation = 4 dB
Figure 26. Transmitter HD2 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz, LO = 300 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
0
+110°C = (UPPER)
+110°C = (HD2)
+25°C = (UPPER)
+25°C = (HD2)
–40°C = (UPPER)
–40°C = (HD2)
–20
–40
–60
–80
15
10
5
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–100
–120
0
5
10
10
15
15
20
20
25
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
Figure 24. Transmitter OIP3 Right vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
LO = 525 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS, Transmitter Attenuation = 4 dB
Figure 27. Transmitter HD2 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz, LO = 525 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS
0
0
+110°C = (UPPER)
+110°C = (HD2)
+25°C = (UPPER)
+25°C = (HD2)
–40°C = (UPPER)
–40°C = (HD2)
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–20
–40
–60
–80
–100
–120
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 28. Transmitter HD3 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
LO = 75 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS, Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz
Figure 25. Transmitter HD2 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz, LO = 75 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS
Rev. B | Page 26 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
0
–10
0
–10
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–20
–20
–30
–30
–40
–40
–50
–50
–60
–60
–70
–70
–80
–80
–90
–90
–100
–110
–120
–100
–110
–120
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 29. Transmitter HD3 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
LO = 300 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS, Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz
Figure 32. Transmitter HD3 Image Appears on Same Side as Desired Signal
vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, LO = 300 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS
0
0
Tx1 = +110°C
–10
–10
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
–20
–30
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–20
–30
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–40
–40
–50
–50
–60
–60
–70
–70
–80
–80
–90
–90
–100
–110
–120
–130
–100
–110
–120
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 30. Transmitter HD3 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
LO = 525 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS, Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz
Figure 33. Transmitter HD3 Image Appears on Same Side as Desired Signal
vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, LO = 525 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS
0
0.03
–10
Tx1 = +110°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–20
–30
0.02
–40
0.01
0
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–0.01
–0.02
–100
–110
–120
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 34. Transmitter Attenuator Step Error vs. Transmitter Attenuator
Setting, LO = 75 MHz, Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz, Backoff = 15 dBFS
Figure 31. Transmitter HD3 Image Appears on Same Side as Desired Signal
vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, LO = 75 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS
Rev. B | Page 27 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
0.03
0.02
0.01
0
–30
–32
–34
–36
–38
–40
–42
–44
–46
–48
–50
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–0.01
–0.02
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
0
5
10
15
20
25
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 35. Transmitter Attenuator Step Error vs. Transmitter Attenuator
Setting, LO = 300 MHz, Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz, Backoff = 15 dBFS
Figure 38. Transmitter EVM vs. Transmitter Attenuation, LTE = 20 MHz,
Signal Centered on DC, LO = 300 MHz
0.03
–30
–32
–34
–36
–38
–40
–42
–44
–46
–48
–50
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0.02
0.01
0
–0.01
–0.02
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
0
5
10
15
20
25
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 36. Transmitter Attenuator Step Error vs. Transmitter Attenuator
Setting, LO = 525 MHz, Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz, Backoff = 15 dBFS
Figure 39. Transmitter EVM vs. Transmitter Attenuation, LTE = 20 MHz,
Signal Centered on DC, LO = 525 MHz
–30
0
–32
–10
+110°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
+25°C
–40°C
–34
–36
–38
–40
–42
–44
–46
–48
–50
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
0
5
10
15
20
25
75
125
175
225
275
325
375
425
475
525
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION (dB)
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 37. Transmitter EVM vs. Transmitter Attenuation, LTE = 20 MHz,
Signal Centered on DC, LO = 75 MHz
Figure 40. Observation Receiver LO Leakage vs. LO Frequency, LO = 75 MHz,
300 MHz, and 525 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB
Rev. B | Page 28 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
25
20
15
10
5
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
IIP2 SUM +110°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
0
80
81
85
86
90
91
95
96
100
101
105
106
110
111
115
116
120
121
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 41. Observation Receiver Noise Figure vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuator Setting, LO = 75 MHz, Total Nyquist Integration Bandwidth
Figure 44. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs. f1
(Where f1 is Frequency 1) Offset Frequency, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept
Across Pass Band at −25 dBm Each, LO = 75 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB
25
20
15
80
75
70
65
60
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
10
5
55
50
45
40
0
305 310 315 320 325 330 335 340 345 350 355
306 311 316 321 326 331 336 341 346 351 356
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 45. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs. f1
Offset Frequency, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Band at
−25 dBm Each, LO = 300 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB
Figure 42. Observation Receiver Noise Figure vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuator Setting, LO = 300 MHz, Total Nyquist Integration Bandwidth
80
75
70
65
25
20
15
60
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
10
5
55
50
45
40
0
530 535 540 545 550 555 560 565 570 575 380
531 536 541 546 551 556 561 566 571 576 381
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 46. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs. f1
Offset Frequency, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Band at
−25 dBm Each, LO = 525 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB
Figure 43. Observation Receiver Noise Figure vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuator Setting, LO = 525 MHz, Total Nyquist Integration Bandwidth
Rev. B | Page 29 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
100
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
95
90
85
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
77
82
77
87
77
92
77
97
77
102
77
107
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
INTERMODULATION FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 50. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 (Where f2 is Frequency 2) vs.
Intermodulation Frequency, LO = 75 MHz, Tone 1 = 77 MHz,
Tone 2 = Swept, −25 dBm Each, Attenuation = 0 dB
Figure 47. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs. Observation
Receiver Attenuation, LO = 75 MHz, Tone 1 = 95 MHz, Tone 2 = 96 MHz at
−25 dBm Plus Attenuation
80
70
60
50
100
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
95
90
85
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
40
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
30
20
10
0
302 302 302 302 302 302 302 302 302 302 302
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
307 312 317 322 327 332 337 342 347 352 357
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
INTERMODULATION FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 48. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs.
Observation Receiver Attenuation, LO = 300 MHz, Tone 1 = 320 MHz,
Tone 2 = 321 MHz at −25 dBm Plus Attenuation
Figure 51. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Intermodulation Frequency,
LO = 300 MHz, Tone 1 = 302 MHz, Tone 2 = Swept, −25 dBm Each,
Attenuation = 0 dB
95
80
70
60
50
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
90
85
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
40
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
30
20
10
0
527
532
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
527
542
527
547
527
552
527
557
527
562
527
567
527
572
527
577
527
582
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
INTERMODULATION FREQUENCY
Figure 52. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Intermodulation Frequency, LO =
525 MHz, Tone 1 = 527 MHz, Tone 2 = Swept, −25 dBm Each, Attenuation = 0 dB
Figure 49. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs. Observation
Receiver Attenuation, LO = 525 MHz, Tone 1 = 545 MHz, Tone 2 = 546 MHz at
−25 dBm Plus Attenuation
Rev. B | Page 30 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
90
85
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
ORx1 = +110°C
ORx1 = +25°C
ORx1 = –40°C
80
81
85
86
90
91
95
96
100 105 110 115 120 125 130
101 106 111 116 121 126 131
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
INTERMODULATION FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 56. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 (Where 2f1 is 2 × f1) − f2 vs.
Intermodulation Frequency, LO = 75 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB, Tones Separated
by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Band at −25 dBm Each
Figure 53. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuation, LO = 75 MHz, Tone 1 = 77 MHz, Tone 2 = 97 MHz at −25 dBm
Plus Attenuation
25
90
85
80
75
70
ORx1 = +110°C
ORx1 = +25°C
ORx1 = –40°C
20
15
10
5
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
65
60
55
50
0
305 310 315 320 325 330 335 340 345 350 355
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
306 311 316 321 326 331 336 341 346 351 356
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 57. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. f1 Offset Frequency, LO =
300 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Band
at −25 dBm Each
Figure 54. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuation, LO = 300 MHz, Tone 1 = 302 MHz, Tone 2 = 322 MHz at
−25 dBm Plus Attenuation
90
85
80
75
70
25
IIP3 = +110°C
IIP3 = +25°C
IIP3 = –40°C
20
15
10
5
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
65
60
55
50
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
0
2
4
6
8
10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 58. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuation, LO = 75 MHz, Tone 1 = 100 MHz, Tone 2 = 101 MHz at −24 dBm
Plus Attenuation
Figure 55. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Observation Receiver Attenuation,
LO = 525 MHz, Tone 1 = 527 MHz, Tone 2 = 547 MHz at −25 dBm Plus Attenuation
Rev. B | Page 31 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
25
20
15
10
5
–70
–75
IIP3 = +110°C
IIP3 = +25°C
IIP3 = –40°C
–80
–85
–90
–95
–100
–105
–110
–115
–120
+110°C = 10dB
+25°C = 10dB
–40°C = 10dB
+110°C = 0dB
+25°C = 0dB
–40°C = 0dB
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
–50 –40 –30 –20 –10
0
10
20
30
40
50
ATTENUATION (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz) AND ATTENUATION
Figure 59. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, LO = 300 MHz,
Tone 1 = 345 MHz, Tone 2 = 346 MHz at −24 dBm Plus Attenuation
Figure 62. Observation Receiver Image Rejection vs. Baseband Frequency
Offset and Attenuation, CW Signal Swept Across the Pass Band, LO = 75 MHz
18
–70
–75
–80
–85
–90
–95
ORx1 = +110°C
ORx1 = +25°C
ORx1 = –40°C
16
14
12
10
8
–100
6
+110°C = 10dB
–105
–110
–115
–120
+25°C = 10dB
–40°C = 10dB
+110°C = 0dB
+25°C = 0dB
–40°C = 0dB
4
2
0
302 302 302 302 302 302 302 302 302 302 302
307 312 317 322 327 332 337 342 347 352 357
–50 –40 –30 –20 –10
0
10
20
30
40
50
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz) AND ATTENUATION
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 63. Observation Receiver Image Rejection vs. Baseband Frequency
Offset and Attenuation, CW Signal Swept Across the Pass Band, LO = 300 MHz
Figure 60. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency,
LO = 300 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB, Tone 1 = 302 MHz, Tone 2 = Swept Across
the Pass Band, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Band at
−19 dBm Each
20
22
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
IIP3 = +110°C
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
IIP3 = +25°C
IIP3 = –40°C
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0
2
4
6
8
10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 64. Observation Receiver Gain vs. Observation Receiver Attenuation,
LO = 75 MHz
Figure 61. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuation, LO = 300 MHz, Tone 1 = 302 MHz, Tone 2 = 352 MHz at
−19 dBm Plus Attenuation
Rev. B | Page 32 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
0.5
0.4
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
6
4
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR (dB)
Figure 65. Observation Receiver Gain vs. Observation Receiver Attenuation,
LO = 300 MHz
Figure 68. Observation Receiver Attenuator Gain Step Error vs. Observation
Receiver Attenuator, LO = 525 MHz
0.5
0.5
0.4
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.1
0
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
0
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
–0.4
–0.5
–0.6
–0.7
–0.8
–0.9
–1.0
I RIPPLE = +110°C
I RIPPLE = +25°C
I RIPPLE = –40°C
Q RIPPLE = +110°C
Q RIPPLE = +25°C
Q RIPPLE = –40°C
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR (dB)
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 69. Normalized Observation Receiver Baseband Flatness vs. Baseband
Offset Frequency, LO = 75 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB
Figure 66. Observation Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuator, LO = 75 MHz
0
0.5
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0.4
–20
–40
0.3
0.2
0.1
–60
0
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
–80
–100
–120
0
5
10
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR (dB)
Figure 70. Observation Receiver DC Offset vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuation, LO = 75 MHz, Baseband Frequency = 50 MHz
Figure 67. Observation Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuator, LO = 325 MHz
Rev. B | Page 33 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
0
–10
–30
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +110°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +25°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = –40°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = = +110°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = +25°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = –40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–20
–50
–40
–70
–60
–90
–80
–110
–130
–150
–100
–120
0
–50
–40
–30
–20
–10
10
20
30
40
50
5
10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO
Figure 71. Observation Receiver DC Offset vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuation, LO = 325 MHz, Baseband Frequency = 50 MHz
Figure 74. Observation Receiver HD3 vs. Frequency Offset from LO,
Tone Level = −21 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 75 MHz
–10
0
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +110°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +25°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = –40°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = = +110°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = +25°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = –40°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 0 +110°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 10 +110°C
–30
–50
HD2 LEFT ATTN = 0 +110°C
HD2 LEFT ATTN = 10 +110°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 0 +25°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 10 +25°C
HD2 LEFT ATTN = 0 +25°C
HD2 LEFT ATTN = 10 +25°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 0 –40°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 10 –40°C
HD2 LEFT ATTN = 0 –40°C
HD2 LEFT ATTN = 10 –40°C
–20
–40
–70
–60
–90
–80
–110
–130
–150
–100
–120
–50
–40
–30
–20
–10
10
20
30
40
50
–50
–30
–10
10
30
50
OFFSET FREQUENCY AND ATTENUATION (MHz)
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO
Figure 75. Observation Receiver HD3 vs. Frequency Offset from LO,
Tone Level = −22 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 300 MHz
Figure 72. Observation Receiver HD2 vs. Offset Frequency and Attenuation,
LO = 75 MHz, Tone Level = −21 dBm Plus Attenuation
–10
0
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 0 +110°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 10 +110°C
HD2 LEFT ATTN = 0 +110°C
HD2 LEFT ATTN = 10 +110°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 0 +25°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 10 +25°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +110°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +25°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = –40°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = = +110°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = +25°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = –40°C
–30
–50
–20
–40
HD2 LEFT ATTN = 0 +25°C
HD2 LEFT ATTN = 10 +25°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 0 –40°C
–70
–60
–80
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 10 –40°C
HD2 LEFT ATTN = 0 –40°C
HD2 LEFT ATTN = 10 –40°C
–90
–110
–130
–150
–100
–120
–50
–30
–10
10
30
50
–50
–40
–30
–20
–10
10
20
30
40
50
525
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO
OFFSET FREQUENCY AND ATTENUATION (MHz)
Figure 73. Observation Receiver HD2 vs. Offset Frequency and Attenuation,
LO = 300 MHz, Tone Level = −22 dBm Plus Attenuation
Figure 76. Observation Receiver HD3 vs. Frequency Offset from LO,
Tone Level = −22 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 525 MHz
Rev. B | Page 34 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
–80
–85
–90
0
100Hz = –95.48dBc/Hz
1kHz = –103.55dBc/Hz
10kHz = –109.36dBc/Hz
100kHz = –116.28dBc/Hz
1MHz = –144.62dBc/Hz
10MHz = –152.33dBc/Hz
100MHz = –152.85dBc/Hz
Tx1 TO ORx1
10
20
Tx2 TO ORx1
Tx1 TO ORx2
Tx2 TO ORx2
–95
30
–100
–105
–110
–115
–120
–125
–130
–135
–140
–145
–150
–155
–160
–165
–170
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
100
1k
10k
100k
1M
10M
100M
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
FREQUENCY OFFSET (Hz)
Figure 77. Transmitter to Observation Receiver Isolation vs. LO Frequency,
Temperature = 25°C
Figure 80. LO Phase Noise vs. Frequency Offset, LO = 525 MHz, PLL Loop
Bandwidth = 50 kHz
–80
–85
–90
–95
0
100Hz = –110.00dBc/Hz
1kHz
= –120.75dBc/Hz
–10
10kHz = –126.54dBc/Hz
100kHz = –132.76dBc/Hz
1MHz = –150.09dBc/Hz
10MHz = –151.09dBc/Hz
100MHz = –150.74dBc/Hz
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–20
–30
–100
–105
–110
–115
–120
–125
–130
–135
–140
–145
–150
–155
–160
–165
–170
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
100
1k
10k
100k
1M
10M
100M
75
125
175
225
275
325
375
425
475
525
RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
FREQUENCY OFFSET (Hz)
Figure 78. LO Phase Noise vs. Frequency Offset, LO = 75 MHz, PLL Loop
Bandwidth = 50 kHz
Figure 81. Receiver LO Leakage vs. Receiver LO Frequency = 75 MHz,
300 MHz, and 525 MHz, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, RF Bandwidth =
50 MHz, Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS
–80
45
100Hz = –99.81dBc/Hz
–85
1kHz
= –108.20dBc/Hz
–90
–95
40
10kHz = –114.24dBc/Hz
100kHz = –120.82dBc/Hz
1MHz = –147.16dBc/Hz
10MHz = –152.38dBc/Hz
100MHz = –152.51dBc/Hz
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–100
–105
–110
–115
–120
–125
–130
–135
–140
–145
–150
–155
–160
–165
–170
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
100
1k
10k
100k
1M
10M
100M
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
FREQUENCY OFFSET (Hz)
Figure 79. LO Phase Noise vs. Frequency Offset, LO = 300 MHz, PLL Loop
Bandwidth = 50 kHz
Figure 82. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 75 MHz,
RF Bandwidth = 50 MHz, Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS, Integration
Bandwidth = 1 MHz to 25 MHz
Rev. B | Page 35 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
–25
–15
–5
5
15
25
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
RECEIVER OFFSET FREQUENCY FROM LO (75MHz)
Figure 83. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 300 MHz,
RF Bandwidth = 50 MHz, Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS, Integration
Bandwidth = 1 MHz to 25 MHz
Figure 86. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Offset Frequency from LO,
Integration Bandwidth = 200 kHz, LO = 75 MHz
45
20
40
+110°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
18
16
14
12
10
8
+25°C
–40°C
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
–25
–15
–5
5
15
25
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
RECEIVER OFFSET FREQUENCY FROM LO (300MHz)
Figure 84. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 525 MHz,
RF Bandwidth = 50 MHz, Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS, Integration
Bandwidth = 1 MHz to 25 MHz
Figure 87. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Offset Frequency from LO,
Integration Bandwidth = 200 kHz, LO = 300 MHz
20
20
18
+110°C
18
16
14
12
10
8
+25°C
–40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
75
–25
–15
–5
5
15
25
175
275
375
475
RECEIVER OFFSET FREQUENCY FROM LO (525MHz)
RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 88. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Offset Frequency from LO,
Integration Bandwidth = 200 kHz, LO = 525 MHz
Figure 85. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver LO Frequency, Receiver
Attenuation = 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 50 MHz, Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS,
Integration Bandwidth = 25 MHz
Rev. B | Page 36 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
100
95
90
85
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
+110°C (SUM)
+25°C (SUM)
–40°C (SUM)
+110°C (DIFF)
+25°C (DIFF)
–40°C (DIFF)
+110°C (SUM)
+25°C (SUM)
–40°C (SUM)
+110°C (DIFF)
+25°C (DIFF)
–40°C (DIFF)
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
305.0 307.5 310.0 312.5 315.0 317.5 320.0 322.5 325.0 327.5
306.0 308.5 311.0 313.5 316.0 318.5 321.0 323.5 326.0 328.5
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 89. Receiver IIP2 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 75 MHz,
Tones Placed at 82.5 MHz and 83.5 MHz, −23.5 dBm Plus Attenuation
Figure 92. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs. Swept Pass
Band Frequency, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 300 MHz, 10 Tone Pairs,
−23.5 dBm Each
110
100
90
110
Rx1 (SUM) = +110°C
Rx1 (DIFF) = +110°C
Rx1 (SUM) = +25°C
Rx1 (DIFF) = +25°C
Rx1 (SUM) = –40°C
Rx1 (DIFF) = –40°C
100
90
80
70
60
50
80
Rx2 (SUM) = +110°C
Rx2 (DIFF) = +110°C
Rx2 (SUM) = +25°C
Rx2 (DIFF) = +25°C
Rx2 (SUM) = –40°C
Rx2 (DIFF) = –40°C
70
60
50
+110°C (SUM)
+25°C (SUM)
–40°C (SUM)
+110°C (DIFF)
+25°C (DIFF)
–40°C (DIFF)
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 90. Receiver IIP2 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 300 MHz, Tones Placed
at 310 MHz and 311 MHz, −23.5 dBm Plus Attenuation
Figure 93. Receiver IIP2 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 75 MHz, Tones Placed
at 77 MHz and 97 MHz, −23.5 dBm Plus Attenuation
80
75
70
65
80
Rx1 (SUM) = +110°C
Rx1 (DIFF) = +110°C
Rx1 (SUM) = +25°C
Rx1 (DIFF) = +25°C
Rx1 (SUM) = –40°C
75
70
Rx1 (DIFF) = –40°C
65
60
60
+110°C (SUM)
+25°C (SUM)
–40°C (SUM)
+110°C (DIFF)
+25°C (DIFF)
–40°C (DIFF)
55
50
45
40
55
Rx2 (SUM) = +110°C
Rx2 (DIFF) = +110°C
Rx2 (SUM) = +25°C
Rx2 (DIFF) = +25°C
Rx2 (SUM) = –40°C
Rx2 (DIFF) = –40°C
50
45
40
79.5
77.0
80.0
81.0
82.5
83.5
87.5
88.5
90.0
91.0
92.5
93.5
95.0
96.0
97.5
98.5
100.0 102.5
101.0 103.5
82.0
77.0
84.5
77.0
87.0
77.0
89.5
77.0
92.0
77.0
94.5
77.0
97.0
77.0
99.5
77.0
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 91. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs. Swept Pass
Band Frequency, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 75 MHz, 10 Tone Pairs,
−23.5 dBm Each
Figure 94. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs. Swept Pass
Band Frequency, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 75 MHz, Tone 1 =
77 MHz, Tone 2 Swept, −23.5 dBm Each
Rev. B | Page 37 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
25
20
15
10
5
Rx1 = +110°C
Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C
Rx2 = +25°C
Rx2 = –40°C
Rx1 = +110°C
Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C
Rx2 = +25°C
Rx2 = –40°C
0
0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
302.0 302.0 302.0 302.0 302.0 302.0 302.0 302.0 302.0 302.0
304.5 307.0 309.5 312.0 314.5 317.0 319.5 322.0 324.5 327.0
ATTENUATION (dB)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 98. Receiver IIP3 vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency, Receiver Attenuation
= 0 dB, LO = 300 MHz, Tone 1 = 302 MHz, Tone 2 = Swept Across Pass Band,
−19 dBm Each
Figure 95. Receiver IIP3 vs. Attenuation, LO = 300 MHz, Tone 1 = 325 MHz,
Tone 2 = 326 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation
25
20
15
–10
–20
+110°C
+25°C
–30
–40°C
–40
–50
–60
10
5
–70
Rx1 = +110°C
Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C
Rx2 = +25°C
Rx2 = –40°C
–80
–90
–100
0
–110
305.0 307.5 310.0 312.5 315.0 317.5 320.0 322.5 325.0 327.5
306.0 308.5 311.0 313.5 316.0 318.5 321.0 323.5 326.0 328.5
–25 –20 –15 –10
–5
0
5
10
15
20
25
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 96. Receiver IIP3 vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency, Receiver Attenuation
= 0 dB, LO = 300 MHz, Tone 2 = Tone 1 + 1 MHz, −21 dBm Each
Figure 99. Receiver Image vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
Attenuation = 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 50 MHz, Tracking Calibration Active,
Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS, LO = 75 MHz
50
45
40
35
30
25
–10
–20
+110°C
+25°C
–30
–40°C
–40
–50
–60
20
–70
Rx1 = +110°C
Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C
15
–80
Rx2 = +110°C
Rx2 = +25°C
10
–90
Rx2 = –40°C
5
–100
0
–110
0
5
10
20
25
30
35
–25 –20 –15 –10
–5
0
5
10
15
20
25
ATTENUATION (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET
Figure 97. Receiver IIP3 vs. Attenuation, LO = 300 MHz, Tone 1 = 302 MHz,
Tone 2 = 322 MHz, −19 dBm Plus Attenuation
Figure 100. Receiver Image vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
Attenuation = 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 50 MHz, Tracking Calibration Active,
Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS, LO = 300 MHz
Rev. B | Page 38 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
–10
–20
25
20
15
10
5
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
0
–80
–5
–10
–15
–90
–100
–110
–25 –20 –15 –10
–5
0
5
10
15
20
25
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 101. Receiver Image vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
Attenuation = 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 50 MHz, Tracking Calibration Active,
Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS, LO = 525 MHz
Figure 104. Receiver Gain vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting, RF Bandwidth =
50 MHz, Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS, LO = 75 MHz
0
25
20
+110°C
+25°C
+110°C
+25°C
–20
–40°C
–40°C
15
10
5
–40
–60
–80
0
–5
–10
–15
–100
–120
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 102. Receiver Image vs. Attenuator Setting, RF Bandwidth = 25 MHz,
Tracking Calibration Active, Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS, LO = 75 MHz,
Baseband Frequency = 25 MHz
Figure 105. Receiver Gain vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting,
RF Bandwidth = 50 MHz, Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS, LO = 325 MHz
0
25
20
+110°C
+25°C
+110°C
+25°C
–20
–40°C
–40°C
15
10
5
–40
–60
–80
0
–5
–10
–15
–100
–120
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 103. Receiver Image vs. Attenuator Setting, RF Bandwidth = 25 MHz,
Tracking Calibration Active, Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS, LO = 325 MHz,
Baseband Frequency = 25 MHz
Figure 106. Receiver Gain vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting,
RF Bandwidth = 50 MHz, Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS, LO = 525 MHz
Rev. B | Page 39 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
0.5
0.4
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
0
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
75
125
175
225
275
320
375
425
475
525
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 107. Receiver Gain vs. LO Frequency, RF Bandwidth = 50 MHz,
Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS
Figure 110. Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting,
LO = 525 MHz
0.5
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.3
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.1
0
0.1
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
0
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
–0.4
–0.5
–0.6
–0.7
–0.8
–0.9
–1.0
I RIPPLE = +110°C
I RIPPLE = +25°C
I RIPPLE = –40°C
Q RIPPLE = +110°C
Q RIPPLE = +25°C
Q RIPPLE = –40°C
0
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 108. Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting,
LO = 75 MHz
Figure 111. Normalized Receiver Baseband Flatness vs. Baseband Offset
Frequency, LO = 75 MHz
0.5
–50
0.4
+110°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–60
+25°C
–40°C
0.3
0.2
–70
0.1
0
–80
–90
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
–100
–110
0
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
75
125
175
225
275
325
375
425
475
525
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 109. Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting,
LO = 325 MHz
Figure 112. Receiver DC Offset vs. Receiver LO Frequency
Rev. B | Page 40 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
–70
–30
–40
ATTN = 15 +110°C
ATTN = 15 +25°C
ATTN = 15 –40°C
ATTN = 0 +110°C
ATTN = 0 +25°C
ATTN = 0 –40°C
–75
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–50
–80
–85
–60
–70
–80
–90
–90
–100
–110
–120
–130
–140
–150
–95
–100
–105
–110
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
–30
–20
–10
0
10
20
30
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET AND ATTENUATION (MHz)
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 113. Receiver DC Offset vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting, LO = 75 MHz
Figure 116. Receiver HD2 Left vs. Baseband Frequency Offset and Attenuation,
Tone Level = −21 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB, X-Axis is Baseband Frequency Offset
of Fundamental Tone, Not Frequency of HD2 Product (HD2 Product Is 2 ×
Baseband Frequency), HD2 Canceller Disabled, LO = 300 MHz
–70
–30
ATTN = 15 +110°C
ATTN = 15 +25°C
–40
–75
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
ATTN = 15 –40°C
ATTN = 0 +110°C
ATTN = 0 +25°C
ATTN = 0 –40°C
–50
–80
–85
–60
–70
–80
–90
–90
–100
–110
–120
–130
–140
–150
–95
–100
–105
–110
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
–30
–20
–10
0
10
20
30
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET AND ATTENUATION (MHz)
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 114. Receiver DC Offset vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting, LO = 525 MHz
Figure 117. Receiver HD2 Left vs. Baseband Frequency Offset and Attenuation,
Tone Level = −21 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB, X-Axis is Baseband Frequency Offset
of Fundamental Tone, Not Frequency of HD2 Product (HD2 Product Is 2 ×
Baseband Frequency), HD2 Canceller Disabled, LO = 525 MHz
–30
–10
ATTN = 15 +110°C
ATTN = 15 +25°C
ATTN = 15 –40°C
ATTN = 0 +110°C
ATTN = 0 +25°C
ATTN = 0 –40°C
+110°C Rx2 (RIGHT)
+110°C Rx1 (RIGHT)
+25°C Rx2 (RIGHT)
+25°C Rx1 (RIGHT)
–40°C Rx2 (RIGHT)
–40°C Rx1 (RIGHT)
+110°C Rx2 (LEFT)
+110°C Rx1 (LEFT)
+25°C Rx2 (LEFT)
+25°C Rx1 (LEFT)
–40°C Rx2 (LEFT)
–40°C Rx1 (LEFT)
–40
–30
–50
–50
–60
–70
–80
–70
–90
–90
–100
–110
–120
–130
–140
–150
–110
–130
–150
–30
–20
–10
0
10
20
30
–25
–20
–15
–10
–5
5
10
15
20
25
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET AND ATTENUATION (MHz)
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO AND ATTENUATION (MHz)
Figure 115. Receiver HD2, Left vs. Baseband Frequency Offset and Attenuation,
Tone Level = −21 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB, X-Axis is Baseband Frequency Offset
of Fundamental Tone, Not Frequency of HD2 Product (HD2 Product is 2 ×
Baseband Frequency), HD2 Canceller Disabled, LO = 75 MHz
Figure 118. Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from LO and
Attenuation, Tone Level = −16 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 75 MHz
Rev. B | Page 41 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
–10
0
–5
+110°C Rx2 (RIGHT)
+110°C Rx1 (RIGHT)
+25°C Rx2 (RIGHT)
+25°C Rx1 (RIGHT)
–40°C Rx2 (RIGHT)
–40°C Rx1 (RIGHT)
+110°C Rx2 (LEFT)
+110°C Rx1 (LEFT)
+25°C Rx2 (LEFT)
+25°C Rx1 (LEFT)
–40°C Rx2 (LEFT)
–40°C Rx1 (LEFT)
–30
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–10
–15
–20
–25
–30
–35
–40
–45
–50
–50
–70
–90
–110
–130
–150
–65
–55
–45
–35
–25
–15
–5
5
–25
–20
–15
–10
–5
5
10
15
20
25
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO (MHz)
LTE 20MHz RF INPUT POWER (dBm)
Figure 119. Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from LO,
Tone Level = −17 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 300 MHz
Figure 122. Receiver EVM vs. LTE 20 MHz RF Input Power, LTE 20 MHz RF
Signal, LO = 300 MHz, Default AGC Settings
–10
0
+110°C Rx2 (RIGHT)
+110°C Rx1 (RIGHT)
+25°C Rx2 (RIGHT)
+25°C Rx1 (RIGHT)
–40°C Rx2 (RIGHT)
–40°C Rx1 (RIGHT)
+110°C Rx2 (LEFT)
+110°C Rx1 (LEFT)
+25°C Rx2 (LEFT)
+25°C Rx1 (LEFT)
–40°C Rx2 (LEFT)
–40°C Rx1 (LEFT)
–5
–30
–50
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–10
–15
–20
–25
–30
–35
–40
–45
–50
–70
–90
–110
–130
–150
–25
–20
–15
–10
–5
5
10
15
20
25
–65
–55
–45
–35
–25
–15
–5
5
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO (MHz)
LTE 20MHz RF INPUT POWER (dBm)
Figure 120. Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from LO, Tone
Level = −17 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 525 MHz
Figure 123. Receiver EVM vs. LTE 20 MHz RF Input Power, LTE 20 MHz RF
Signal, LO = 525 MHz, Default AGC Settings
0
0
–5
10
+110°C
Rx1 TO Rx2
Rx2 TO Rx1
+25°C
–10
20
–40°C
–15
30
40
–20
–25
–30
–35
–40
–45
–50
50
60
70
80
90
100
–65
–55
–45
–35
–25
–15
–5
5
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
LTE 20MHz RF INPUT POWER (dBm)
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 121. Receiver EVM vs. LTE 20 MHz RF Input Power, LTE 20 MHz RF
Signal, LO = 75 MHz, Default AGC Settings
Figure 124. Receiver to Receiver Isolation vs. LO Frequency, Baseband
Frequency = 10 MHz
Rev. B | Page 42 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
–80
–85
–90
–80
–85
–90
100Hz = –95.48dBc/Hz
1kHz = –103.55dBc/Hz
10kHz = –109.36dBc/Hz
100kHz = –116.28dBc/Hz
1MHz = –144.62dBc/Hz
10MHz = –152.33dBc/Hz
100MHz = –152.85dBc/Hz
100Hz = –110.00dBc/Hz
1kHz = –120.75dBc/Hz
10kHz = –126.54dBc/Hz
100kHz = –132.76dBc/Hz
1MHz = –150.09dBc/Hz
10MHz = –151.09dBc/Hz
100MHz = –150.74dBc/Hz
–95
–95
–100
–105
–110
–115
–120
–125
–130
–135
–140
–145
–150
–155
–160
–165
–170
–100
–105
–110
–115
–120
–125
–130
–135
–140
–145
–150
–155
–160
–165
–170
100
1k
10k
100k
1M
10M
100M
100
1k
10k
100k
1M
10M
100M
FREQUENCY OFFSET (Hz)
FREQUENCY OFFSET (Hz)
Figure 125. LO Phase Noise vs. Frequency Offset, LO = 75 MHz, PLL Loop
Bandwidth = 50 kHz
Figure 127. LO Phase Noise vs. Frequency Offset, LO = 525 MHz, PLL Loop
Bandwidth = 50 kHz
–80
100Hz = –99.81dBc/Hz
–85
1kHz
= –108.20dBc/Hz
–90
–95
10kHz = –114.24dBc/Hz
100kHz = –120.82dBc/Hz
1MHz = –147.16dBc/Hz
10MHz = –152.38dBc/Hz
100MHz = –152.51dBc/Hz
–100
–105
–110
–115
–120
–125
–130
–135
–140
–145
–150
–155
–160
–165
–170
100
1k
10k
100k
1M
10M
100M
FREQUENCY OFFSET (Hz)
Figure 126. LO Phase Noise vs. Frequency Offset, LO = 300 MHz, PLL Loop
Bandwidth = 50 kHz
Rev. B | Page 43 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
650 MHz TO 3000 MHz BAND
0
–0.25
–0.50
–0.75
–1.00
–1.25
–1.50
–1.75
–2.00
–2.25
–2.50
–2.75
–3.00
1.0
0.8
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
–0.2
–0.4
–0.6
–0.8
–1.0
–225 –175 –125 –75
–25
25
75
125
175
225
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 128. Transmitter Matching Circuit Path Loss vs. LO Frequency, Can be
Used for De-Embedding Performance Data
Figure 131. Transmitter Pass Band Flatness vs. Baseband Offset Frequency,
LO = 2600 MHz
14
–70
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
13
–72
–74
–76
–78
–80
–82
–84
–86
–88
–90
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
650 850 1050 1250 1450 1650 1850 2050 2250 2450 2650 2850
650 850 1050 1250 1450 1650 1850 2050 2250 2450 2650 2850
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
BASEBAND LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 129. Transmitter CW Output Power vs. Transmitter LO Frequency,
Transmitter QEC and External LO Leakage Active, Transmitter in
200 MHz/450 MHz Bandwidth Mode, IQ Rate = 491.52 MHz, 0 dB
Attenuation, Not De-Embedded
Figure 132. Transmitter LO Leakage vs. Baseband LO Frequency, Transmitter
Attenuation = 0 dB
0
0
+110°C ATTN = 25
+110°C ATTN = 20
+110°C ATTN = 15
+110°C ATTN = 10
+110°C ATTN = 5
+110°C ATTN = 0
+25°C ATTN = 25
+25°C ATTN = 20
+25°C ATTN = 15
+25°C ATTN = 10
+25°C ATTN = 5
+25°C ATTN = 0
–40°C ATTN = 25
–40°C ATTN = 20
–40°C ATTN = 15
–40°C ATTN = 10
–40°C ATTN = 5
–40°C ATTN = 0
Tx2 TO Rx2 = +110°C
Tx2 TO Rx1 = +110°C
Tx1 TO Rx2 = +110°C
Tx1 TO Rx1 = +110°C
Tx2 TO Rx2 = +25°C
Tx2 TO Rx1 = +25°C
Tx1 TO Rx2 = +25°C
Tx1 TO Rx1 = +25°C
Tx2 TO Rx2 = –40°C
Tx2 TO Rx1 = –40°C
Tx1 TO Rx2 = –40°C
Tx1 TO Rx1 = –40°C
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
20
40
60
80
100
120
–100
–50
0
50
100
650 850 1050 1250 1450 1650 1850 2050 2250 2450 2650 2850
RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET AND ATTENUATION (MHz)
Figure 130. Transmitter Image Rejection Across Large Signal Bandwidth vs.
Baseband Frequency Offset and Attenuation, QEC Trained with Three Tones
Placed at 10 MHz, 50 MHz, and 100 MHz (Tracking On), Total Combined
Power = −6 dBFS, Correction Then Frozen (Tracking Turned Off), CW Tone
Swept Across Large Signal Bandwidth
Figure 133. Transmitter to Receiver Isolation vs. Receiver LO Frequency
Rev. B | Page 44 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
0
–40
–45
–50
–55
–60
–65
–70
–75
Tx1 +110°C (LOWER)
Tx1 +110°C (UPPER)
Tx1 +25°C (LOWER)
Tx1 +25°C (UPPER)
Tx1 –40°C (LOWER)
Tx1 –40°C (UPPER)
Tx2 +110°C (LOWER)
Tx2 +110°C (UPPER)
Tx2 +25°C (LOWER)
Tx2 +25°C (UPPER)
Tx2 –40°C (LOWER)
Tx2 –40°C (UPPER)
Tx1 – Tx2
Tx2 – Tx1
20
40
60
80
100
120
600
1000
1400
1800
2200
2600
3000
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
SIGNAL OFFSET 90MHz
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 134. Transmitter to Transmitter Isolation vs. Transmitter LO
Frequency, Temperature = 25°C
Figure 137. Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio vs. Transmitter
Attenuator Setting, Signal Offset = 90 MHz, LO = 1850 MHz, LTE20 MHz,
PAR = 12 dB, Upper Side and Lower Side
–40
–145
–150
–155
–160
–165
Tx1 +110°C (LOWER)
Tx1 +110°C (UPPER)
Tx1 +25°C (LOWER)
Tx1 +25°C (UPPER)
Tx1 –40°C (LOWER)
Tx1 –40°C (UPPER)
Tx2 +110°C (LOWER)
Tx2 +110°C (UPPER)
Tx2 +25°C (LOWER)
Tx2 +25°C (UPPER)
Tx2 –40°C (LOWER)
Tx2 –40°C (UPPER)
–45
–50
–55
–60
–65
–70
–75
2600MHz = +110°C
1800MHz = +110°C
650MHz = +110°C
2600MHz = +25°C
1800MHz = +25°C
650MHz = +25°C
2600MHz = –40°C
1800MHz = –40°C
650MHz = –40°C
–170
–175
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
SIGNAL OFFSET 90MHz
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 138. Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio vs. Transmitter
Attenuator Setting, Signal Offset = 90 MHz, LO = 2850 MHz, LTE20 MHz,
PAR = 12 dB, Upper Side and Lower Side
Figure 135. Transmitter Noise vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
35
–40
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
Tx1 +110°C (LOWER)
Tx1 +110°C (UPPER)
Tx1 +25°C (LOWER)
Tx1 +25°C (UPPER)
Tx1 –40°C (LOWER)
Tx1 –40°C (UPPER)
Tx2 +110°C (LOWER)
Tx2 +110°C (UPPER)
Tx2 +25°C (LOWER)
Tx2 +25°C (UPPER)
Tx2 –40°C (LOWER)
Tx2 –40°C (UPPER)
30
–45
–50
–55
–60
–65
–70
–75
25
20
15
10
5
0
–5
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
SIGNAL OFFSET 90MHz
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 139. Transmitter OIP3, Right or Upper Sideband vs. Transmitter
Attenuator Setting, LO = 850 MHz, 15 dB Digital Backoff per Tone
Figure 136. Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio vs. Transmitter
Attenuator Setting, Signal Offset 90 MHz, LO = 650 MHz, LTE20 PAR = 12 dB,
Upper Side and Lower Side
Rev. B | Page 45 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
0
–5
–10
0
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 85 90 95
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 90 95 100
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND TONE PAIR SWEPT ACROSS PASS BAND (MHz)
Figure 140. Transmitter OIP3, Right vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, LO =
1850 MHz, 15 dB Digital Backoff per Tone
Figure 143. Transmitter OIP3, Right vs. Baseband Tone Pair Swept Across Pass
Band, LO = 1850 MHz 15 dB Digital Backoff per Tone
40
40
35
30
25
20
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
Tx1 = +110°C
15
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
10
5
0
–5
0
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
5
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 85 90 95
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 90 95 100
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND TONE PAIR SWEPT ACROSS PASS BAND (MHz)
Figure 141. Transmitter OIP3, Right vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, LO =
2650 MHz, 15 dB Digital Backoff per Tone
Figure 144. Transmitter OIP3, Right vs. Baseband Tone Pair Swept Across Pass
Band, LO = 2850 MHz,15 dB Digital Backoff per Tone
45
40
35
30
25
20
0
+110°C = (UPPER)
+110°C = (HD2)
+25°C = (UPPER)
+25°C = (HD2)
–40°C = (UPPER)
–40°C = (HD2)
–20
–40
–60
Tx1 = +110°C
15
–80
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
10
–100
–120
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
5
0
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
5
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 85 90 95
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 90 95 100
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND TONE PAIR SWEPT ACROSS PASS BAND (MHz)
Figure 145. Transmitter HD2 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, Baseband
Frequency = 10 MHz, LO = 1850 MHz, Digital Backoff = 15 dB
Figure 142. Transmitter OIP3, Right vs. Baseband Tone Pair Swept Across Pass
Band, LO = 850 MHz, 15 dB Digital Backoff per Tone
Rev. B | Page 46 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
0
–20
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–40
–60
–80
–100
–120
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 149. Transmitter HD3 Image Appears on Same Sideband as Desired Signal
vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, LO = 1850 MHz Digital Backoff = 15 dB
Figure 146. Transmitter HD3 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
LO = 650 MHz, Digital Backoff = 15 dB
0.025
0
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
0.020
0.015
0.010
0.005
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
–0.005
–0.010
–0.015
–0.020
–0.025
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION SETTING (dB)
Figure 147. Transmitter HD3 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
LO = 1850 MHz, Digital Backoff = 15 dB
Figure 150. Transmitter Attenuation Step Error vs. Transmitter Attenuator
Setting, LO = 650 MHz
0
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
CENTER 650.0MHz
#RES BW 1.0MHz
SPAN 1.000GHz
SWEEP 1.007s (3001pts)
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
#VBW 1.0kHz
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 151. Amplitude vs. Frequency, Transmitter Output Spurious,
Transmitter 1 = 650 MHz, LTE = 5 MHz, Offset = 10 MHz, RMS = −12 dBFS,
Temperature = 25°C
Figure 148. Transmitter HD3 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
LO = 2850 MHz, Digital Backoff = 15 dB
Rev. B | Page 47 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
CENTER 650.0MHz
#RES BW 1.0MHz
SPAN 1.000GHz
SWEEP 1.007s (3001pts)
CENTER 650.0MHz
#RES BW 1.0MHz
SPAN 1.000GHz
SWEEP 1.007s (3001pts)
#VBW 1.0kHz
#VBW 1.0kHz
Figure 152. Amplitude vs. Frequency, Transmitter Output Spurious,
Transmitter 2 = 650 MHz, LTE = 5 MHz, Offset = 10 MHz, RMS = −12 dBFS,
Temperature = 25°C
Figure 155. Amplitude vs. Frequency, Transmitter Output Spurious,
Transmitter 1 = 2850 MHz, LTE = 5 MHz, Offset = 10 MHz, RMS = −12 dBFS,
Temperature = 25°C
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
CENTER 650.0MHz
#RES BW 1.0MHz
SPAN 1.000GHz
SWEEP 1.007s (3001pts)
CENTER 650.0MHz
#RES BW 1.0MHz
SPAN 1.000GHz
SWEEP 1.007s (3001pts)
#VBW 1.0kHz
#VBW 1.0kHz
Figure 153. Amplitude vs. Frequency, Transmitter Output Spurious, Transmitter 1
= 1850 MHz, LTE = 5 MHz, Offset = 10 MHz, RMS −12 dBFS, Temperature = 25°C
Figure 156. Amplitude vs. Frequency, Transmitter Output Spurious,
Transmitter 2 = 2850 MHz, LTE = 5 MHz, Offset = 10 MHz, RMS = −12 dBFS,
Temperature = 25°C
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
0
–0.25
–0.50
–0.75
–1.00
–1.25
–1.50
–1.75
–2.00
–2.25
–2.50
–2.75
–3.00
CENTER 650.0MHz
#RES BW 1.0MHz
SPAN 1.000GHz
SWEEP 1.007s (3001pts)
#VBW 1.0kHz
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 154. Amplitude vs. Frequency, Transmitter Output Spurious,
Transmitter 2 = 1850 MHz, LTE = 5 MHz, Offset = 10 MHz, RMS = −12 dBFS,
Temperature = 25°C
Figure 157. Observation Receiver Matching Circuit Path Loss vs. LO
Frequency, Can Be Used for De-Embedding Performance Data
Rev. B | Page 48 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
0
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
650 850 1050 1250 1450 1650 1850 2050 2250 2450 2650 2850
1806 1826 1846 1866 1886 1906 1926 1946 1966 1986 2006 2026 2046 2066
1805 1825 1845 1865 1885 1905 1925 1945 1965 1985 2005 2025 2045 2065
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 161. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs.
Swept Pass Band Frequency, LO =1800 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB
Figure 158. Observation Receiver LO Leakage vs. Transmitter LO Frequency,
80
75
70
65
60
24
+110°C
23
+25°C
–40°C
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
55
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
50
45
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
14
40
650 850 1050 1250 1450 1650 1850 2050 2250 2450 2650 2850
2856 2876 2896 2916 2936 2956 2976 2996 3016 3036 3056 3076 3096 3116
2855 2875 2895 2915 2935 2955 2975 2995 3015 3035 3055 3075 3095 3115
OBSERVATION RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 162. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs.
Swept Pass Band Frequency, LO = 2850 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB
Figure 159. Observation Receiver Noise Figure vs. Observation Receiver LO
Frequency, Total Nyquist Integration Bandwidth
75
70
65
60
80
75
70
65
60
55
INPUT IP2 SUM +110°C
INPUT IP2 SUM +25°C
INPUT IP2 SUM –40°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF +110°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF +25°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF –40°C
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
50
55
50
45
40
656 676 696 716 736 756 776 796 806 826 846 866 886 906
655 675 695 715 735 755 775 795 805 825 845 865 885 905
0
2
4
6
8
10
ATTENUATION (dB)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 160. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs.
Swept Pass Band Frequency, LO = 650 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB
Figure 163. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs.
Attenuation, Tone 1 = 1845 MHz, Tone 2 = 1846 MHz at −19 dBm Plus
Attenuation, LO = 1800 MHz
Rev. B | Page 49 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
0
2
4
6
8
10
662 682 702 722 742 762 782 802 822 842 862 882 902
ATTENUATION (dB)
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 167. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation,
LO = 1800 MHz, Tone 1 = 1802 MHz, Tone 2 = 1902 MHz at −19 dBm
Plus Attenuation
Figure 164. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. f1 Offset Frequency, LO =
650 MHz, Tone 1 = 652 MHz, Tone 2 = Swept at −19 dBm Each, Attenuation = 0 dB
25
80
70
60
50
40
ORx1 = +110°C
ORx1 = +25°C
ORx1 = –40°C
20
15
10
5
30
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
20
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
10
0
0
656 676 696 716 736 756 776 796 816 836
875 895 915 935
876 896 916 936
856
655 675 695 715 735 755 775 795
815 835 855
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 165. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. f1 Offset Frequency, LO =
1800 MHz, Tone 1 = 1802 MHz, Tone 2 = Swept at −19 dBm Each, Attenuation =
0 dB
Figure 168. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. f1 Offset Frequency,
LO = 650 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass
Band at −19 dBm Each
25
80
70
60
50
40
ORx1 = +110°C
ORx1 = +25°C
ORx1 = –40°C
20
15
10
5
30
IIP2 SUM +110°C
20
10
0
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
0
1805 1825 1845 1865 1885 1905 1925 1945 1965 1985 2005 2025 2045
1806 1826 1846 1866 1886 1906 1926 1946 1966 1986 2006 2026 2046
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 169. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. f1 Offset Frequency,
LO = 1800 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass
Band at −19 dBm Each
Figure 166. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. f1 Offset Frequency, LO =
2850 MHz, Tone 1 = 2852 MHz, Tone 2 = Swept at −19 dBm Each,
Attenuation = 0 dB
Rev. B | Page 50 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
25
20
15
10
5
25
20
15
10
5
ORx1 = +110°C
ORx1 = +25°C
ORx1 = –40°C
ORx1 = +110°C
ORx1 = +25°C
ORx1 = –40°C
ORx2 = +110°C
ORx2 = +25°C
ORx2 = –40°C
0
2855
2856
0
1812
1842
1872
1902
1932
1962
1992
2022
2052
2885
2886
2915
2916
2945
2946
2975
2976
3005
3006
3035
3036
3065
3066
3095
3096
INTERMODULATION FREQUENCY (MHz)
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 173. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Intermodulation
Frequency, LO = 1800 MHz, Tone 1 = 1802 MHz, Tone 2 = Swept at −19 dBm Each
Figure 170. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. f1 Offset Frequency,
LO = 2850 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across
Pass Band at −19 dBm Each
30
24
22
20
18
16
14
ORx1 = +110°C
ORx1 = +25°C
ORx1 = –40°C
ORx2 = +110°C
ORx2 = +25°C
ORx2 = –40°C
25
20
15
10
5
12
IIP3 = +110°C
IIP3 = +25°C
IIP3 = –40°C
10
8
0
2862
6
2892
2922
2952
2982
3012
3042
3072
3102
0
2
4
6
8
10
INTERMODULATION FREQUENCY (MHz)
ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 174. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Intermodulation
Frequency, LO = 2850 MHz, Tone 1 = 2852 MHz, Tone 2 = Swept at −19 dBm Each
Figure 171. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation,
LO = 1800 MHz, Tone 1 = 1895 MHz, Tone 2 = 1896 MHz at −19 dBm Plus
Attenuation
24
22
20
18
16
14
25
ORx1 = +110°C
ORx1 = +25°C
ORx1 = –40°C
ORx2 = +110°C
ORx2 = +25°C
ORx2 = –40°C
20
15
10
5
12
IIP3 = +110°C
IIP3 = +25°C
IIP3 = –40°C
10
8
6
0
662
692
722
752
782
812
842
872
902
0
2
4
6
8
10
ATTENUATION (dB)
INTERMODULATION FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 175. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation,
LO = 1800 MHz, Tone 1 = 1802 MHz, Tone 2 = 1922 MHz at −19 dBm
Plus Attenuation
Figure 172. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Intermodulation Frequency,
LO = 650 MHz, Tone 1 = 652 MHz, Tone 2 = Swept at −19 dBm Each
Rev. B | Page 51 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
0
18
16
14
12
10
8
+110°C = 11.5dB
+110°C = 0dB
+25°C = 11.5dB
+25°C = 0dB
–40°C = 11.5dB
–40°C = 0dB
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–20
–40
–60
–80
–100
–120
6
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
Figure 176. Observation Receiver Image Rejection vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
CW Signal Swept Across the Pass Band, LO = 650 MHz
Figure 179. Observation Receiver Gain vs. Observation Receiver Attenuation,
LO = 650 MHz
0
18
+110°C = 11.5dB
+110°C = 0dB
+25°C = 11.5dB
+25°C = 0dB
–40°C = 11.5dB
–40°C = 0dB
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–20
–40
16
14
12
10
8
–60
–80
–100
–120
6
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
Figure 180. Observation Receiver Gain vs. Observation Receiver Attenuation,
LO = 1800 MHz
Figure 177. Observation Receiver Image Rejection vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
CW Signal Swept Across the Pass Band, LO = 1850 MHz
18
0
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
+110°C = 11.5dB
+110°C = 0dB
+25°C = 11.5dB
16
–20
+25°C = 0dB
–40°C = 11.5dB
–40°C = 0dB
14
12
10
8
–40
–60
–80
–100
6
–120
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
Figure 178. Observation Receiver Image Rejection vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
CW Signal Swept Across the Pass Band, LO = 2850 MHz
Figure 181. Observation Receiver Gain vs. Observation Receiver Attenuation,
LO = 2800 MHz
Rev. B | Page 52 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
0.5
0.4
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
+110°C = 0 (RIGHT)
+110°C = 11.5 (RIGHT)
+110°C = 0 (LEFT)
+110°C = 11.5 (LEFT)
+25°C = 0 (RIGHT)
+25°C = 11.5 (RIGHT)
+25°C = 0 (LEFT)
+25°C = 11.5 (LEFT)
–40°C = 0 (RIGHT)
–40°C = 11.5 (RIGHT)
–40°C = 0 (LEFT)
0.3
0.2
–40°C = 11.5 (LEFT)
0.1
0
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
–100
–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
OFFSET FREQUENCY AND ATTENUATION (MHz)
Figure 185. Observation Receiver HD2 vs. Offset Frequency and Attenuation,
LO = 650 MHz, Tone Level = −20 dBm at 0 dB Attenuation
Figure 182. Transmitter Pass Band Flatness vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuator Setting, LO = 2600 MHz
0.5
0
+110°C = 0 (RIGHT)
+110°C = 11.5 (RIGHT)
+110°C = 0 (LEFT)
+110°C = 11.5 (LEFT)
+25°C = 0 (RIGHT)
+25°C = 11.5 (RIGHT)
+25°C = 0 (LEFT)
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0.4
0.3
+25°C = 11.5 (LEFT)
–40°C = 0 (RIGHT)
–40°C = 11.5 (RIGHT)
–40°C = 0 (LEFT)
–20
–40
0.2
–40°C = 11.5 (LEFT)
0.1
0
–60
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
–80
–100
–120
–100
–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
OFFSET FREQUENCY AND ATTENUATION (MHz)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
Figure 183. Observation Receiver Pass Band Flatness vs. Baseband Frequency
Offset, LO = 1800 MHz
Figure 186. Observation Receiver HD2 vs. Offset Frequency and Attenuation,
LO = 1850 MHz, Tone Level = −20 dBm at 0 dB Attenuation
0
0
HD2 RIGHT ATTENUATION = 0dB, +110°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTENUATION = 11.0dB, +110°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–20
–20
–40
HD2 LEFT ATTENUATION = 0dB, +110°C
HD2 LEFT ATTENUATION = 11.5dB, +110°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTENUATION = 0dB, +25°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTENUATION = 11.5dB, +25°C
HD2 LEFT ATTENUATION = 0dB, +25°C
HD2 LEFT ATTENUATION = 11.5dB, +25°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTENUATION = 0dB, –40°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTENUATION = 11.5dB, –40°C
HD2 LEFT ATTENUATION = 0dB, –40°C
HD2 LEFT ATTENUATION = 11.5dB, –40°C
–40
–60
–60
–80
–80
–100
–120
–100
–120
–100
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
ATTENUATION (dB)
OFFSET FREQUENCY AND ATTENUATION (MHz)
Figure 184. Observation Receiver DC Offset vs. Attenuation, LO = 1850 MHz
Figure 187. Observation Receiver HD2 vs. Offset Frequency and Attenuation,
LO = 2850 MHz, Tone Level = −20 dBm at 0 dB Attenuation
Rev. B | Page 53 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
+110°C RIGHT = 11.5dBc
+110°C RIGHT = 0dBc
+110°C LEFT = 11.5dBc
+110°C LEFT = 0dBc
+25°C RIGHT = 11.5dBc
+25°C RIGHT = 0dBc
+25°C LEFT = 11.5dBc
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +110°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +25°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = –40°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = +110°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = +25°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = –40°C
+25°C LEFT = 0dBc
–40°C RIGHT = 11.5dBc
–40°C RIGHT = 0dBc
–40°C LEFT = 11.5dBc
–40°C LEFT = 0dBc
–100
–75
–50
–25
25
50
75
100
–100
–75
–50
–25
25
50
75
100
1850
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 191. Observation Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Offset Frequency,
LO = 1850 MHz, Observation Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB and 11.5 dB
Figure 188. Observation Receiver HD3 vs. Offset Frequency, LO = 650 MHz,
Tone Level = −20 dBm at 0 dB Attenuation
0
0
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +110°C
Tx1 TO ORx1
Tx2 TO ORx1
Tx1 TO ORx2
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +25°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = –40°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = +110°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = +25°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = –40°C
20
Tx2 TO ORx2
40
60
80
100
120
–100
–75
–50
–25
25
50
75
100
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 189. Observation Receiver HD3 vs. Offset Frequency, LO = 1850 MHz,
Tone Level = −20 dBm at 0 dB Attenuation
Figure 192. Transmitter to Observation Receiver Isolation vs. LO Frequency,
Temperature = 25°C
0
0
–0.25
–0.50
–0.75
–1.00
–1.25
–1.50
–1.75
–2.00
–2.25
–2.50
–2.75
–3.00
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +110°C
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +25°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = –40°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = +110°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = +25°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = –40°C
–100
–75
–50
–25
25
50
75
100
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 190. Observation Receiver HD3 vs. Offset Frequency, LO = 2850 MHz,
Tone Level = −20 dBm at 0 dB Attenuation
Figure 193. Receiver Matching Circuit Path Loss vs. LO Frequency, Can be
Used for De-Embedding Performance Data
Rev. B | Page 54 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 194. Receiver LO Leakage vs. Receiver LO Frequency, Receiver
Attenuation = 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS
Figure 197. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 2850 MHz,
Receiver Bandwidth = 200 MHz Bandwidth, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS,
Integration Bandwidth = 500 kHz to 100 MHz
45
20
18
16
14
12
10
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
8
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
6
4
2
0
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
ATTENUATION (dB)
RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 195. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Attenuation, LO = 650 MHz, Receiver
Bandwidth = 200 MHz Bandwidth, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, Integration
Bandwidth = 500 kHz to 100 MHz
Figure 198. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver LO Frequency, Receiver
Attenuation = 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS,
Integration Bandwidth = 100 MHz
45
20
–40°C
+25°C
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
+110°C
18
16
14
12
10
8
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
–100 –80 –60 –40 –20
0
20
40
60
80
100
RECEIVER OFFSET FREQUENCY FROM LO (650MHz)
ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 196. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Attenuation, LO = 1850 MHz, Receiver
Bandwidth = 200 MHz Bandwidth, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, Integration
Bandwidth = 500 kHz to 100 MHz
Figure 199. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Offset Frequency from LO,
LO = 650 MHz
Rev. B | Page 55 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
110
100
90
20
–40°C
–40°C (SUM)
–40°C (DIFF)
+25°C (SUM)
+25°C (DIFF)
+110°C (SUM)
+110°C (DIFF)
+25°C
+110°C
18
16
14
12
10
8
80
70
60
50
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
–80 –60 –40 –20
0
20
40
60
80
100
–100
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
RECEIVER OFFSET FREQUENCY FROM LO (1850MHz)
Figure 203. Receiver IIP2 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 1800 MHz, Tones
Placed at 1845 MHz and 1846 MHz, −21 dBm Each at Attenuation = 0 dB
Figure 200. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Offset Frequency from LO,
LO = 1850 MHz
80
75
70
65
60
20
–40°C
+25°C
+110°C
18
16
14
12
10
8
55
–40°C (SUM)
–40°C (DIFF)
+25°C (SUM)
+25°C (DIFF)
+110°C (SUM)
+110°C (DIFF)
50
45
40
–100 –80 –60 –40 –20
0
20
40
60
80
100
806
805
826
825
846
845
866
865
886
885
906
905
RECEIVER OFFSET FREQUENCY FROM LO (2850MHz)
800
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 204. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs Swept
Pass Band Frequency, LO = 800 MHz
Figure 201. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Offset Frequency from LO,
LO = 2850 MHz
80
75
70
65
60
40
–40°C
+25°C
+110°C
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
55
–40°C (SUM)
50
–40°C (DIFF)
+25°C (SUM)
+25°C (DIFF)
+110°C (SUM)
+110°C (DIFF)
45
40
0
1806
1805
1826
1825
1846
1845
1866
1865
1886
1885
1906
1905
–20
–15
–10
–5
0
5
10
CW OUT OF BAND BLOCKER LEVEL (dBm)
1800
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 202. Receiver Noise Figure vs. CW Out of Band Blocker Level, Receiver
LO = 1685 MHz, Blocker = 2085 MHz
Figure 205. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs Swept
Pass Band Frequency, LO = 1800 MHz
Rev. B | Page 56 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
100
95
90
85
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
Rx1 –40°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF
Rx1 –40°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF
Rx1 +25°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF
Rx1 +25°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF
Rx1 +110°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF
Rx1 +110°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF
Rx2 –40°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF
Rx2 –40°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF
Rx2 +25°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF
Rx2 +25°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF
Rx2 +110°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF
Rx2 +110°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF
–40°C (SUM)
–40°C (DIFF)
+25°C (SUM)
+25°C (DIFF)
+110°C (SUM)
+110°C (DIFF)
1807 1817 1827 1837 1847 1857 1867 1877 1887 1897 1907
2906
2905
2926
2925
2946
2945
2966
2965
2986
2985
3006
3005
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 206. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs Swept
Pass Band Frequency, LO = 2900 MHz
Figure 209. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs. Swept
Pass Band Frequency, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 1800 MHz,
Tone 1 = 1802 MHz, Tone 2 = Swept, −21 dBm Each
100
100
Rx1 –40°C (SUM)
Rx1 –40°C (SUM)
Rx1 –40°C (DIF)
95
Rx1 –40°C (DIFF)
Rx1 +25°C (SUM)
Rx1 +25°C (DIFF)
Rx1 +110°C (SUM)
Rx1 +110°C (DIFF)
Rx2 –40°C (SUM)
Rx2 –40°C (DIFF)
Rx2 +25°C (SUM)
Rx2 +25°C (DIFF)
Rx2 +110°C (SUM)
Rx2 +110°C (DIFF)
95
90
85
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
Rx1 +25°C (SUM)
Rx1 +25°C (DIF)
90
Rx1 +110°C (SUM)
Rx1 +110°C (DIF)
85
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
Rx2 –40°C (SUM)
Rx2 –40°C (DIF)
Rx2 +110°C (SUM)
Rx2 +110°C (DIF)
807
817
827
837
847
857
867
877
887
897
907
2907 2917 2927 2937 2947 2957 2967 2977 2987 2997 3007
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 207. Receiver IIP2 vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency, LO = 1800 MHz,
Tones Placed at 1802 MHz and 1892 MHz, −21 dBm Each at Attenuation = 0 dB
Figure 210. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs. Swept
Pass Band Frequency, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 2900 MHz,
Tone 1 = 2902 MHz, Tone 2 = Swept, −21 dBm Each
100
45
Rx1 –40°C
Rx1 +25°C
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
1 +110°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF
1 +110°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF
2 +110°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF
2 +110°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF
1 +25°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF
1 +25°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF
2 +25°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF
2 +25°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF
1 –40°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF
1 –40°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF
2 –40°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF
2 –40°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF
95
90
85
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
40
Rx1 +110°C
Rx2 –40°C
Rx2 +25°C
35
Rx2 +110°C
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
0
2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 20.0 22.5 25.0 27.5 30.0
ATTENUATION (dB)
TONE1 = 802MHz, TONE2 = SWEPT ACROSS PASSBAND
ATTENUATOR = 0
Figure 208. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs. Swept
Pass Band Frequency, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 800 MHz,
Tone 1 = 802 MHz, Tone 2 Swept, −21 dBm Each
Figure 211. Receiver IIP3 vs. Attenuation, LO = 1800 MHz, Tone 1 = 1890 MHz,
Tone 2 = 1891 MHz, −21 dBm Each at Attenuation = 0 dB
Rev. B | Page 57 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
30
25
20
15
10
5
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Rx1 –40°C
Rx1 +25°C
Rx1 +110°C
Rx2 –40°C
Rx2 +25°C
Rx2 +110°C
Rx1 –40°C
Rx1 +25°C
Rx1 +110°C
Rx2 –40°C
Rx2 +25°C
Rx2 +110°C
0
0
2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 20.0 22.5 25.0 27.5 30.0
ATTENUATION (dB)
805 815 825 835 845 855 865 875 885 895 905 915 925
806 816 826 836 846 856 866 876 886 896 906 916 926
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 215. Receiver IIP3 vs. Attenuation, LO = 1800 MHz, Tone 1 = 1802 MHz,
Tone 2 = 1892 MHz, −21 dBm Each at Attenuation = 0 dB
Figure 212. Receiver IIP3 vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency, Receiver
Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 800 MHz, Tone 2 = Tone 1 + 1 MHz, −21 dBm Each,
Swept Across Pass Band
30
30
Rx1 –40°C
Rx1 +25°C
Rx1 +110°C
Rx1 –40°C
Rx1 +25°C
Rx1 +110°C
Rx2 –40°C
Rx2 +25°C
Rx2 +110°C
Rx2 –40°C
25
20
15
10
5
25
Rx2 +25°C
Rx2 +110°C
20
15
10
5
0
0
1805 1815 1825 1835 1845 1855 1865 1875 1885 1895 1905 1915 1925
1806 1816 1826 1836 1846 1856 1866 1876 1886 1896 1906 1916 1926
807 817 827 837 847 857 867 877 887 897 907
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 213. Receiver IIP3 vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency, Receiver
Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 1800 MHz, Tone 2 = Tone 1 + 1 MHz, −21 dBm
Each, Swept Across Pass Band
Figure 216. Receiver IIP3 vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency, Receiver
Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 800 MHz, Tone 1 = 802 MHz, Tone 2 = Swept Across
Pass Band, −21 dBm Each
25
30
Rx1 –40°C
Rx1 +25°C
Rx1 +110°C
Rx2 –40°C
Rx1 –40°C
Rx1 +25°C
Rx1 +110°C
Rx2 –40°C
Rx2 +25°C
Rx2 +110°C
25
20
15
10
5
20
15
10
5
Rx2 +25°C
Rx2 +110°C
0
0
2905 2915 2925 2935 2945 2955 2965 2975 2985 2995 3005 3015 3025
2906 2916 2926 2936 2946 2956 2966 2976 2986 2996 3006 3016 3026
1807 1817 1827 1837 1847 1857 1867 1877 1887 1897 1907
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 214. Receiver IIP3 vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency, Receiver
Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 2900 MHz, Tone 2 = Tone 1 + 1 MHz, −21 dBm
Each, Swept Across Pass Band
Figure 217. Receiver IIP3 vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency, Receiver
Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 1800 MHz, Tone 1 = 1802 MHz, Tone 2 = Swept
Across Pass Band, −21 dBm Each
Rev. B | Page 58 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
30
25
20
15
10
0
–20
–40°C
+25°C
+110°C
–40
–60
–80
Rx1 –40°C
5
0
–100
–120
Rx1 +25°C
Rx1 +110°C
Rx2 –40°C
Rx2 +110°C
–100
–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
2907 2917 2927 2937 2947 2957 2967 2977 2987 2997 3007
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (Hz)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 218. Receiver IIP3 vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency, Receiver
Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 2900 MHz, Tone 1 = 2902 MHz, Tone 2 = Swept
Across Pass Band, −21 dBm Each
Figure 221. Receiver Image vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
Attenuation = 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Tracking Calibration Active,
Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 2850 MHz
0
0
–40°C
+25°C
+110°C
–40°C
+25°C
+110°C
–20
–40
–20
–40
–60
–60
–80
–80
–100
–120
–100
–120
–100
–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
0
2.5
5.0
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (Hz)
ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 219. Receiver Image vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
Attenuation = 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Tracking Calibration Active,
Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 650 MHz
Figure 222. Receiver Image vs. Attenuator Setting, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz,
Tracking Calibration Active, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 1850 MHz
0
25
–40°C
–40°C
+25°C
+110°C
+25°C
+110°C
20
15
10
5
–20
–40
–60
0
–80
–5
–10
–15
–100
–120
–100
–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (Hz)
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 220. Receiver Image vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
Attenuation = 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Tracking Calibration Active,
Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 1850 MHz
Figure 223. Receiver Gain vs. Receiver Attenuation, RF Bandwidth = 20 MHz,
Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 1850 MHz
Rev. B | Page 59 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
24
–70
–75
–80
–85
–90
–95
–100
–40°C
+25°C
+110°C
–40°C
+25°C
+110°C
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
650 850 1050 1250 1450 1650 1850 2050 2250 2450 2650 2850
RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 224. Receiver Gain vs. LO Frequency, RF Bandwidth = 20 MHz,
Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS
Figure 227. Receiver DC Offset vs. Receiver LO Frequency
0.5
–70
–40°C
+25°C
+110°C
–40°C
+25°C
0.4
+110°C
–75
–80
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
–85
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
–90
–95
–100
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 225. Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting over
Temperature
Figure 228. Receiver DC Offset vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting, LO = 1850 MHz
0.10
0.05
0
–30
ATTN = 15 –40°C
ATTN = 0 –40°C
ATTN = 15 +25°C
–0.05
–0.10
–0.15
–0.20
–0.25
–0.30
–0.35
–0.40
–0.45
–0.50
–0.55
–0.60
–0.65
ATTN = 0 +25°C
ATTN = 15 +110°C
ATTN = 0 +110°C
–50
–70
–90
–110
–130
–150
–0.70
NORMALIZED I RIPPLE
–0.75
–0.80
–0.85
–0.90
–0.95
–1.00
NORMALIZED I RIPPLE
NORMALIZED I RIPPLE
NORMALIZED Q RIPPLE
NORMALIZED Q RIPPLE
NORMALIZED Q RIPPLE
–60
–40
–20
0
20
40
60
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 226. Normalized Receiver Baseband Flatness vs. Baseband Offset
Frequency, LO = 2600 MHz
Figure 229. Receiver HD2, Left vs. Baseband Frequency Offset and
Attenuation, Tone Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0, HD2 Correction
Configured for Low-Side Optimization, X-Axis = Baseband Frequency Offset
of Fundamental Tone, Not the Frequency of the HD2 Product (HD2 Product =
2 × Baseband Frequency), LO = 650 MHz
Rev. B | Page 60 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
–30
10
–10
Rx1 –40°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx1 –40°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx1 +25°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx1 +25°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx1 +110°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx1 +110°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx2 –40°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx2 –40°C HD3 (RIGHT)
ATTN = 15 –40°C
ATTN = 0 –40°C
ATTN = 15 +25°C
ATTN = 0 +25°C
ATTN = 15 +110°C
ATTN = 0 +110°C
–50
–70
–30
–50
–90
–70
–90
–110
–130
–150
–110
–130
–150
Rx2 +25°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx2 +25°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx2 +110°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx2 +110°C HD3 (RIGHT)
–60
–40
–20
0
20
40
60
–50
–40
–30
–20
–10
10
20
30
40
50
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO (MHz)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET AND ATTENUATION (MHz)
Figure 230. Receiver HD2, Left vs. Baseband Frequency Offset and
Attenuation, Tone Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0, HD2 Correction
Configured for Low-Side Optimization, X-Axis = Baseband Frequency Offset
of the Fundamental Tone, Not the Frequency of the HD2 Product (HD2
Product = 2 × the Baseband Frequency), LO = 1850 MHz
Figure 233. Receiver HD3 vs. Frequency Offset from LO, Tone Level =
−15 dBm at Attenuation = 0, LO = 2850 MHz
10
10
Rx1 –40°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx1 –40°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx1 +25°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx1 +25°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx1 +110°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx1 –40°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx1 –40°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx1 +25°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx1 +25°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx1 +110°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx1 +110°C HD3 (RIGHT)
–10
–10
Rx1 +110°C HD3 (RIGHT)
–30
–30
Rx2 –40°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx2 –40°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx2 –40°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx2 –40°C HD3 (RIGHT)
–50
–50
–70
–90
–70
–90
–110
–110
Rx2 +25°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx2 +25°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx2 +110°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx2 +110°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx2 +25°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx2 +25°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx2 +110°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx2 +110°C HD3 (RIGHT)
–130
–130
–150
–150
0 15 30 10 25 5 20 0 15 30 10 25 5 20 0 15 30 10 25 5 20 0 15 30
–50
–40
–30
–20
–10
10
20
30
40
50
–50 –40 –30 –20 –10
10
20
30
40
50
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO (MHz)
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO (MHz)
Figure 231. Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from LO, Tone
Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0, LO = 650 MHz
Figure 234. Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from LO,
Baseband Tone Held Constant, Tone Level Increased 1 for 1 as Attenuator is
Swept from 0 dB to 30 dB, HD3 Right (High-Side): Tone on Same Side as HD3
Product, HD3 Left (Low-Side): Tone on Opposite Side as HD3 Product, CW
Signal, LO = 1850 MHz, Tone Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB
10
0
–40°C
Rx1 –40°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx1 –40°C HD3 (RIGHT)
+25°C
–5
+110°C
–10
–30
Rx1 +25°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx1 +25°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx1 +110°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx1 +110°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx2 –40°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx2 –40°C HD3 (RIGHT)
–10
–15
–20
–25
–30
–35
–40
–45
–50
–50
–70
–90
–110
–130
–150
Rx2 +25°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx2 +25°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx2 +110°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx2 +110°C HD3 (RIGHT)
–50
–40
–30
–20
–10
10
20
30
40
50
–65
–55
–45
–35
–25
–15
–5
5
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO (MHz)
LTE20 RF INPUT POWER (dBm)
Figure 232. Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from LO, Tone
Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0, LO = 1850 MHz
Figure 235. Receiver EVM vs. LTE20 RF Input Power, LTE = 20 MHz RF Signal,
LO = 600 MHz
Rev. B | Page 61 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
–40°C
+25°C
+110°C
–40°C
+25°C
–5
+110°C
–10
–15
–20
–25
–30
–35
–40
–45
–50
–65
–55
–45
–35
–25
–15
–5
5
LTE20 RF INPUT POWER (dBm)
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 238. Receiver to Receiver Isolation vs. LO Frequency
Figure 236. Receiver EVM vs. LTE20 RF Input Power, LTE = 20 MHz RF Signal,
LO = 1800 MHz
0
–70
–40°C
+25°C
+110°C
–80
–90
–5
–10
–15
–20
–25
–30
–35
–40
–45
–100
–110
–120
–130
–140
–150
–160
–170
100
1k
10k
100k
1M
10M
–65
–55
–45
–35
–25
–15
–5
5
100M
FREQUENCY OFFSET (Hz)
LTE20 RF INPUT POWER (dBm)
Figure 239. LO Phase Noise vs. Frequency Offset, LO = 1900 MHz, RMS Phase Error
Integrated from 2 kHz to 18 MHz, Spectrum Analyzer Limits Far Out Noise
Figure 237. Receiver EVM vs. LTE20 RF Input Power, LTE = 20 MHz RF Signal,
LO = 2700 MHz
Rev. B | Page 62 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
3400 MHz TO 4800 MHz BAND
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
–40°C ATTENUATION = 0dB
–40°C ATTENUATION = 5dB
–40°C ATTENUATION = 10dB
–40°C ATTENUATION = 15dB
–40°C ATTENUATION = 20dB
–40°C ATTENUATION = 25dB
+110°C ATTENUATION = 0dB
+110°C ATTENUATION = 5dB
+110°C ATTENUATION = 10dB
+110°C ATTENUATION = 15dB
+110°C ATTENUATION = 20dB
+110°C ATTENUATION = 25dB
–0.5
–1.0
–1.5
–2.0
–2.5
–3.0
–3.5
–4.0
+25°C ATTENUATION = 0dB
+25°C ATTENUATION = 5dB
+25°C ATTENUATION = 10dB
+25°C ATTENUATION = 15dB
+25°C ATTENUATION = 20dB
+25°C ATTENUATION = 25dB
3400
3600
3800
4000
4200
4400
4600
4800
5000
–100
–50
0
50
100
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 240. Transmitter Path Loss vs. LO Frequency (Simulation), Can Be
Used for De-Embedding Performance Data
Figure 243. Transmitter Image Rejection Across Large Signal Bandwidth vs.
Baseband Offset Frequency and Attenuation, QEC Trained with Three Tones
(Tracking On), Total Combined Power = −6 dBFS, Correction Then Frozen
(Tracking Turned Off), CW Tone Swept Across Large Signal Bandwidth,
LO = 4600 MHz
10
9
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = –40°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx2 = +110°C
8
7
0.5
0.4
6
0.3
0.2
0.1
5
0.0
4
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
–0.6
–0.7
–0.8
–0.9
–1.0
3
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = –40°C
2
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx2 = +25°C
1
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx2 = +110°C
0
3400
3600
3800
4000
4200
4400
4600
4800
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
–225 –175 –125 –75
–25
25
75
125
175
225
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 241. Transmitter CW Output Power vs. Transmitter LO Frequency,
Transmitter QEC and External LO Leakage Active, Transmitter in
200 MHz/450 MHz Bandwidth Mode, IQ Rate = 491.52 MHz,
Attenuation = 0 dB, Not De-Embedded
Figure 244. Transmitter Pass Band Flatness vs. Baseband Offset Frequency,
Off Chip Match Response De-Embedded, LO = 3600 MHz
0
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
+110°C ATTENUATION = 0dB
+110°C ATTENUATION = 5dB
+110°C ATTENUATION = 10dB
+110°C ATTENUATION = 15dB
+110°C ATTENUATION = 20dB
+110°C ATTENUATION = 25dB
–40°C ATTENUATION = 0dB
–40°C ATTENUATION = 5dB
–40°C ATTENUATION = 10dB
–40°C ATTENUATION = 15dB
–40°C ATTENUATION = 20dB
–40°C ATTENUATION = 25dB
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = –40°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx2 = +110°C
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
+25°C ATTENUATION = 0dB
+25°C ATTENUATION = 5dB
+25°C ATTENUATION = 10dB
+25°C ATTENUATION = 15dB
+25°C ATTENUATION = 20dB
+25°C ATTENUATION = 25dB
0.1
0.0
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
–0.6
–0.7
–0.8
–0.9
–1.0
–100
–50
0
50
100
–225 –175 –125 –75
–25
25
75
125
175
225
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY AND ATTENUATION (MHz)
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 245. Transmitter Pass Band Flatness vs. Baseband Offset Frequency,
Off Chip Match Response De-Embedded, LO = 4600 MHz
Figure 242. Transmitter Image Rejection Across Large Signal Bandwidth vs.
Baseband Offset Frequency and Attenuation, QEC Trained with Three Tones
Placed at 10 MHz, 50 MHz, and 100 MHz (Tracking On), Total Combined
Power = −6 dBFS, Correction Then Frozen (Tracking Turned Off), CW Tone
Swept Across Large Signal Bandwidth, LO = 3700 MHz
Rev. B | Page 63 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
–70
–145
–150
–155
–160
–165
–170
–175
Tx1 = –40°C
4600MHz = +110°C
Tx2 = –40°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx2 = +110°C
–72
–74
–76
–78
–80
–82
–84
–86
–88
–90
4600MHz = +25°C
4600MHz = –40°C
3600MHz = +110°C
3600MHz = +25°C
3600MHz = –40°C
3700
4600
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 246. Transmitter LO Leakage vs. Transmitter LO Frequency,
Transmitter Attenuation = 0 dB
Figure 249. Transmitter Noise vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting
0
40
Tx1 TO Rx1
Tx1 TO Rx2
Tx2 TO Rx1
35
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
Tx2 TO Rx2
20
40
30
25
20
15
10
5
60
80
0
100
120
–5
–10
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
3400
3600
3800
4000
4200
4400
4600
4800
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 247. Transmitter to Receiver Isolation vs. Receiver LO Frequency,
Temperature = −40°C, +25°C, and +110°C
Figure 250. Transmitter OIP3, Right vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
LO = 3600 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS
0
35
Tx1 TO Tx2 0dB
10
30
25
20
15
10
5
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
Tx2 TO Tx1 0dB
20
30
40
50
60
70
0
80
–5
–10
90
100
3400
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
3600
3800
4000
4200
4400
4600
4800
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 251. Transmitter OIP3, Right vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
LO = 4600 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS
Figure 248. Transmitter to Transmitter Isolation vs. Transmitter LO
Frequency, Temperature = 25°C
Rev. B | Page 64 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
40
35
30
25
20
15
0
–20
+110°C = HD2
+25°C = HD2
–40°C = HD2
+110°C = UPPER HD2
+25°C = UPPER HD2
–40°C = UPPER HD2
–40
–60
–80
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
10
5
–100
–120
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND TONE PAIR SWEPT ACROSS PASS BAND (MHz)
Figure 252. Transmitter OIP3 Right vs. Baseband Tone Pair Swept Across Pass
Band, LO = 3600 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS
Figure 255. Transmitter HD2 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, Baseband
Frequency = 10 MHz, LO = 4600 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS
40
35
30
25
20
0
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–20
–40
–60
15
–80
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
10
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–100
–120
5
0
5
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
10
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND TONE PAIR SWEPT ACROSS PASS BAND (MHz)
Figure 253. Transmitter OIP3 Right vs. Baseband Tone Pair Swept Across Pass
Band, LO = 4600 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS
Figure 256. Transmitter HD3 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
LO = 3600 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS, Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz
0
0
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
+110°C = HD2
+25°C = HD2
–40°C = HD2
+110°C = UPPER HD2
+25°C = UPPER HD2
–40°C = UPPER HD2
–20
–20
–40
–40
–60
–60
–80
–80
–100
–120
–100
–120
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 254. Transmitter HD2 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, Baseband
Frequency = 10 MHz, LO = 3600 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS
Figure 257. Transmitter HD3 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
LO = 4600 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS, Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz
Rev. B | Page 65 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
0
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
0
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–20
–40
–60
–0.01
–0.02
–0.03
–0.04
–0.05
–80
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–100
–120
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 261. Transmitter Attenuator Step Error vs. Transmitter Attenuator
Setting, LO = 4600 MHz
Figure 258. Transmitter HD3 Image Appears on Same Side as Desired Signal vs.
Transmitter Attenuator Setting, LO = 3600 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS
–30
0
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–32
–34
–36
–38
–40
–42
–44
–46
–48
–50
–20
–40
–60
–80
–100
–120
0
5
10
15
20
25
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION (dBm)
Figure 259. Transmitter HD3 Image Appears on Same Side as Desired Signal vs.
Transmitter Attenuator Setting, LO = 4600 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS
Figure 262. EVM vs. Transmitter Attenuation, LTE = 20 MHz Signal Centered on
DC, LO = 3600 MHz
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
0
–30
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–32
–34
–36
–38
–40
–42
–44
–46
–48
–50
–0.01
–0.02
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–0.03
–0.04
–0.05
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
0
5
10
15
20
25
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION (dBm)
Figure 260. Transmitter Attenuator Step Error vs. Transmitter Attenuator
Setting, LO = 3600 MHz
Figure 263. EVM vs. Transmitter Attenuation, LTE = 20 MHz Signal Centered
on DC, LO = 4600 MHz
Rev. B | Page 66 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
–10
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
Tx OUTPUT
ANALYZER NO SIGNAL
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
FREQUENCY (MHz)
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 264. Amplitude vs. Frequency, Transmitter Output Spurious,
Transmitter 1 = 4600 MHz, LTE = 5 MHz, Offset = 10 MHz, RMS Ripple in Noise
Floor Due to Spectrum Analyzer = −12 dBFS, Temperature = 25°C
Figure 267. Observation Receiver Noise Figure vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuator Setting, LO = 3600 MHz, Total Nyquist Integration Bandwidth
0
–0.2
–0.4
–0.6
–0.8
–1.0
–1.2
–1.4
–1.6
–1.8
–2.0
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
3400
3600
3800
4000
4200
4400
4600
4800
5000
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 265. Observation Receiver Off Chip Matching Circuit Path Loss vs. LO
Frequency, Simulation, Can be Used for De-Embedding Performance Data
Figure 268. Observation Receiver Noise Figure vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuator Setting, LO = 4600 MHz, Total Nyquist Integration Bandwidth
0
80
75
70
65
60
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
55
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
50
45
40
3600
4600
3606 3626 3646 3666 3686 3706 3726 3746 3766 3786 3806 3826
3605 3625 3645 3665 3685 3705 3725 3745 3765 3785 3805 3825
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 269. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs. f1
Offset Frequency, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Band at
−22 dBm Each, LO = 3600 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB
Figure 266. Observation Receiver LO Leakage vs. LO Frequency, from
3600 MHz to 4600 MHz
Rev. B | Page 67 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
4606 4626 4646 4666 4686 4706 4726 4746 4766 4786 4806 4826
4605 4625 4645 4665 4685 4705 4725 4745 4765 4785 4805 4825
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
INTERMODULATION FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 270. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs. f1
Offset Frequency, Tones Separated By 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Band at
−22 dBm Each, 4600 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB
Figure 273. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Intermodulation Frequency,
LO = 3600 MHz, Tone 1 = 3602 MHz, Tone 2 Swept, −22 dBm Each,
Attenuation = 0 dB
80
75
70
65
80
70
60
50
40
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
30
20
10
0
60
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
55
50
0
2
4
6
8
10
ATTENUATION (dB)
INTERMODULATION FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 271. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs.
Attenuation, LO = 3600 MHz, Tone 1 = 3645 MHz, Tone 2 = 3646 MHz at
−22 dBm Plus Attenuation
Figure 274. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Intermodulation Frequency,
LO = 4600 MHz, Tone 1 = 4602 MHz, Tone 2 Swept, −22 dBm Each,
Attenuation = 0 dB
80
75
70
65
80
75
70
65
60
60
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
55
55
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
50
50
0
2
4
6
8
10
0
2
4
6
8
10
ATTENUATION (dB)
ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 275. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, LO = 3600 MHz,
Tone 1 = 3602 MHz, Tone 2 = 3702 MHz at −22 dBm Plus Attenuation
Figure 272. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs.
Attenuation, LO = 4600 MHz, Tone 1 = 4645 MHz, Tone 2 = 4646 MHz at
−22 dBm Plus Attenuation
Rev. B | Page 68 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
80
75
70
65
60
55
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
INPUT IP2 SUM +110°C
INPUT IP2 SUM +25°C
INPUT IP2 SUM –40°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF +110°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF +25°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF –40°C
INPUT IP3 = +110°C
INPUT IP3 = +25°C
INPUT IP3 = –40°C
50
0
6
2
4
6
8
10
0
2
4
6
8
10
ATTENUATION (dB)
ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 276. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation,
LO = 4600 MHz, Tone 1 = 4602 MHz, Tone 2 = 4612 MHz at −22 dBm Plus
Attenuation
Figure 279. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, LO = 3600 MHz,
Tone 1 = 3695 MHz, Tone 2 = 3696 MHz at −22 dBm Plus Attenuation
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
25
ORx1 = +110°C
ORx1 = +25°C
ORx1 = –40°C
20
15
10
5
10
INPUT IP3 = +110°C
INPUT IP3 = +25°C
INPUT IP3 = –40°C
8
6
0
3605 3625 3645 3665 3685 3705 3725 3745 3765 3785 3805 3825
3606 3626 3646 3666 3686 3706 3726 3746 3766 3786 3806 3826
0
2
4
6
8
10
ATTENUATION (dB)
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 277. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. f1 Offset Frequency,
LO = 3600 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass
Band at −22 dBm Each
Figure 280. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, LO = 4600 MHz,
Tone 1 = 4695 MHz, Tone 2 = 4696 MHz at −22 dBm Plus Attenuation
25
30
25
20
ORx1 = +110°C
ORx1 = +25°C
ORx1 = –40°C
20
15
10
5
15
INPUT IP3 SUM +110°C
INPUT IP3 SUM +25°C
INPUT IP3 SUM –40°C
INPUT IP3 DIFF +110°C
INPUT IP3 DIFF +25°C
INPUT IP3 DIFF –40°C
10
5
0
0
4606 4626 4646 4666 4686 4706 4726 4746 4766 4786 4806 4826
4605 4625 4645 4665 4685 4705 4725 4745 4765 4785 4805 4825
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
INTERMODULATION FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 278. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. f1 Offset Frequency,
LO = 4600 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass
Band at −22 dBm Each
Figure 281. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Intermodulation
Frequency, LO = 3600 MHz, Tone 1 = 3602 MHz, Tone 2 = Swept,
−22 dBm Each
Rev. B | Page 69 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
+110°C = 10dB
+25°C = 10dB
–40°C = 10dB
+110°C = 0dB
+25°C = 0dB
–40°C = 0dB
IIP3 SUM +110°C
IIP3 SUM +25°C
IIP3 SUM –40°C
IIP3 DIFF +110°C
IIP3 DIFF +25°C
IIP3 DIFF –40°C
0
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
INTERMODULATION FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 282. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Intermodulation Frequency,
LO = 4600 MHz, Tone 1 = 4602 MHz, Tone 2 = Swept, −22 dBm Each
Figure 285. Observation Receiver Image Rejection vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
CW Signal Swept Across the Band, LO = 3600 MHz
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
0
+110°C = 10dB
+25°C = 10dB
–40°C = 10dB
+110°C = 0dB
+25°C = 0dB
–40°C = 0dB
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
10
IIP3 = +110°C
IIP3 = +25°C
IIP3 = –40°C
8
6
0
2
4
6
8
10
ATTENUATION (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
Figure 283. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, LO = 3600 MHz,
Tone 1 = 3602 MHz, Tone 2 = 3722 MHz, −22 dBm Each Plus Attenuation
Figure 286. Observation Receiver Image Rejection vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
CW Signal Swept Across the Band, LO = 4600 MHz
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
18
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
16
14
12
10
8
10
6
IIP3 = +110°C
IIP3 = +25°C
IIP3 = –40°C
8
6
4
0
2
4
6
8
10
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ATTENUATION (dB)
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 284. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation,
LO = 4600 MHz, Tone 1 = 4602 MHz, Tone 2 = 4722 MHz at −22 dBm Plus
Attenuation Each
Figure 287. Observation Receiver Gain vs. Observation Receiver Attenuation,
LO = 3600 MHz
Rev. B | Page 70 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
18
16
14
12
10
8
0.5
0.4
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
6
4
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
Figure 291. Observation Receiver Pass Band Flatness vs. Baseband Frequency
Offset, LO = 3600 MHz
Figure 288. Observation Receiver Gain vs. Observation Receiver Attenuation,
LO = 4600 MHz
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.5
0.4
0.3
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0.2
0.1
0
–0.1
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
Figure 292. Observation Receiver Pass Band Flatness vs. Baseband Frequency
Offset, LO = 4600 MHz
Figure 289. Observation Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuator Setting, LO = 3600 MHz
0
0.5
INPUT IP3 = +110°C
INPUT IP3 = +25°C
INPUT IP3 = –40°C
0.4
0.3
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–20
0.2
–40
–60
0.1
0
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
–80
–100
–120
0
5
10
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ATTENUATION (dB)
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 293. Observation Receiver DC Offset vs. Attenuation, LO = 3600 MHz
Figure 290. Observation Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuator Setting, LO = 4600 MHz
Rev. B | Page 71 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
0
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
INPUT IP3 = +110°C
INPUT IP3 = +25°C
INPUT IP3 = –40°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +110°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +25°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = –40°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = = +110°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = +25°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = –40°C
–20
–40
–60
–80
–100
–120
0
5
10
–90.0
–67.5
–45.0
–22.5
22.5
45.0
67.5
90.0
ATTENUATION (dB)
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 294. Observation Receiver DC Offset vs. Attenuation, LO = 4600 MHz
Figure 297. Observation Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Offset Frequency,
LO = 3600 MHz, Tone Level = −20 dBm
0
0
+110°C = 0 (RIGHT)
+110°C = 11.5 (RIGHT)
+110°C = 0 (LEFT)
+110°C = 11.5 (LEFT)
+25°C = 0 (RIGHT)
+25°C = 11.5 (RIGHT)
+25°C = 0 (LEFT)
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +110°C
+25°C = 11.5 (LEFT)
–40°C = 0 (RIGHT)
–40°C = 11.5 (RIGHT)
–40°C = 0 (LEFT)
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +25°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = –40°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = = +110°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = +25°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = –40°C
–20
–40
–40°C = 11.5 (LEFT)
–60
–80
–100
–120
–100
–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
–90.0
–67.5
–45.0
–22.5
22.5
45.0
67.5
90.0
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 295. Observation Receiver HD2 vs. Offset Frequency, LO = 3600 MHz,
Tone Level = −20 dBm Plus Attenuation
Figure 298. Observation Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Offset Frequency,
LO = 4600 MHz, Tone Level = −20 dBm
0
0
+110°C = 0 (RIGHT)
+110°C = 11.5 (RIGHT)
+110°C = 0 (LEFT)
+110°C = 11.5 (LEFT)
+25°C = 0 (RIGHT)
+25°C = 11.5 (RIGHT)
+25°C = 0 (LEFT)
Tx1 TO ORx1
+25°C = 11.5 (LEFT)
–40°C = 0 (RIGHT)
–40°C = 11.5 (RIGHT)
–40°C = 0 (LEFT)
Tx2 TO ORx1
Tx1 TO ORx2
Tx2 TO ORx2
20
40
–20
–40
–40°C = 11.5 (LEFT)
60
–60
80
–80
100
120
140
–100
–120
–100
3400
3600
3800
4000
4200
4400
4600
4800
–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 296. Observation Receiver HD2 vs. Offset Frequency, LO = 4600 MHz,
Tone Level = −20 dBm Plus Attenuation
Figure 299. Transmitter to Observation Receiver Isolation vs. LO Frequency,
Temperature = 25°C
Rev. B | Page 72 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
0
–0.2
–0.4
–0.6
–0.8
–1.0
–1.2
–1.4
–1.6
–1.8
–2.0
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
3400
3600
3800
4000
4200
4400
4600
4800
5000
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 300. Receiver Off Chip Matching Circuit Path Loss vs. LO Frequency,
(Simulation), Can Be Used for De-Embedding Performance Data
Figure 303. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 4600 MHz,
Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, Integration Bandwidth
= 500 kHz to 100 MHz
0
120
110
100
90
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
80
INPUT IP2 SUM +110°C
INPUT IP2 SUM +25°C
INPUT IP2 SUM –40°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF +110°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF +25°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF –40°C
70
60
50
3600
4600
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 301. Receiver LO Leakage vs. Receiver LO Frequency, Receiver
Attenuation = 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS
Figure 304. Receiver IIP2 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 3600 MHz, Tones
Placed at 3645 MHz and 3646 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation
45
110
100
90
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
80
70
INPUT IP2 SUM +110°C
INPUT IP2 SUM +25°C
INPUT IP2 SUM –40°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF +110°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF +25°C
60
INPUT IP2 DIFF –40°C
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
0
50
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
0
2
4
6
8
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 305. Receiver IIP2 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 4600 MHz, Tones
Placed at 4645 MHz and 4646 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation
Figure 302. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 3600 MHz,
Receiver Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, Integration
Bandwidth = 500 kHz to 100 MHz
Rev. B | Page 73 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
45
100
95
90
85
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
+110°C = Rx1 (DIFF)
+110°C = Rx1 (SUM)
+25°C = Rx1 (DIFF)
+25°C = Rx1 (SUM)
–40°C = Rx1 (DIFF)
–40°C = Rx1 (SUM)
+110°C = Rx2 (DIFF)
+110°C = Rx2 (SUM)
+25°C = Rx2 (DIFF)
+25°C = Rx2 (SUM)
–40°C = Rx2 (DIFF)
–40°C = Rx2 (SUM)
40
3606
3605
3626
3625
3646
3645
3666
3665
3686
3685
3706
3705
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
RECEIVER ATTENUATION
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 306. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs. Swept
Pass Band Frequency, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 3600 MHz, Six Tone
Pairs, −21 dBm Each Plus Attenuation
Figure 309. Receiver IIP2 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 4600 MHz, Tones
Placed at 4602 MHz and 4692 MHz, −21dBm Plus Attenuation
80
75
70
65
60
100
+110°C = Rx1 (DIFF)
+110°C = Rx1 (SUM)
+25°C = Rx1 (DIFF)
+25°C = Rx1 (SUM)
–40°C = Rx1 (DIFF)
–40°C = Rx1 (SUM)
+110°C = Rx2 (DIFF)
+110°C = Rx2 (SUM)
+25°C = Rx2 (DIFF)
+25°C = Rx2 (SUM)
–40°C = Rx2 (DIFF)
–40°C = Rx2 (SUM)
95
90
85
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
55
IIP2 SUM +110°C
50
45
40
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
4606
4605
4626
4625
4646
4645
4666
4665
4686
4685
4706
4705
3612 3622 3632 3642 3652 3662 3672 3682 3692 3702 3712
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 307. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs. Swept
Pass Band Frequency, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 4600 MHz, Six Tone
Pairs, −21 dBm Each
Figure 310. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs. Swept
Pass Band Frequency, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 3600 MHz,
Tone 1 = 3602 MHz, Tone 2 = Swept, −21 dBm Each
100
95
90
85
80
75
70
100
Rx1 +110°C IIP2_SUM_CF
Rx1 +110°C IIP2_DIF_CF
Rx2 +110°C IIP2_SUM_CF
Rx2 +110°C IIP2_DIF_CF
Rx1 +25°C IIP2_SUM_CF
Rx1 +25°C IIP2_DIF_CF
Rx2 +25°C IIP2_SUM_CF
Rx2 +25°C IIP2_DIF_CF
Rx1 –40°C IIP2_SUM_CF
Rx1 –40°C IIP2_DIF_CF
Rx2 –40°C IIP2_SUM_CF
Rx2 –40°C IIP2_DIF_CF
95
90
85
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
40
+110°C = Rx1 (DIFF)
+110°C = Rx1 (SUM)
+25°C = Rx1 (DIFF)
+25°C = Rx1 (SUM)
–40°C = Rx1 (DIFF)
–40°C = Rx1 (SUM)
+110°C = Rx2 (DIFF)
+110°C = Rx2 (SUM)
+25°C = Rx2 (DIFF)
+25°C = Rx2 (SUM)
–40°C = Rx2 (DIFF)
–40°C = Rx2 (SUM)
65
60
55
50
4612 4622 4632 4642 4652 4662 4672 4682 4692 4702 4712
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
RECEIVER ATTENUATION
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 308. Receiver IIP2 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 3600 MHz, Tones
Placed at 3602 MHz and 3692 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation
Figure 311. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs. Swept
Pass Band Frequency, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 4600 MHz,
Tone 1 = 4602 MHz, Tone 2 = Swept, −21 dBm Each
Rev. B | Page 74 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
30
25
20
15
10
5
Rx1 = +110°C
Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C
Rx2 = +25°C
Rx2 = –40°C
Rx1 = +110°C
Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C
Rx2 = +25°C
Rx2 = –40°C
0
0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
4605
4625
4626
4645
4646
4665
4666
4685
4686
4705
4706
4606
ATTENUATION (dB)
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 312. Receiver IIP3 vs. Attenuation, LO = 3600 MHz, Tone 1 = 3695 MHz,
Tone 2 = 3696 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation
Figure 315. Receiver IIP3 vs. Receiver Attenuation, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB,
LO = 4600 MHz, Tone 2 = Tone 1 + 1 MHz, −21 dBm Each, Swept Across Pass Band
45
40
35
30
25
20
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
Rx1 = +110°C
Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C
Rx2 = +25°C
Rx2 = –40°C
Rx1 = +110°C
15
15
10
5
Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C
Rx2 = +25°C
Rx2 = –40°C
10
5
0
0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
RECEIVER ATTENUATION SWEPT (dB)
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 313. Receiver IIP3 vs. Receiver Attenuation Swept, LO = 4600 MHz,
Tone 1 = 4695 MHz, Tone 2 = 4696 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation
Figure 316. Receiver IIP3 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 3600 MHz,
Tone 1 = 3602 MHz, Tone 2 = 3692 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation
30
25
20
15
50
50
40
30
Rx1 = +110°C
10
Rx1 = +110°C
20
Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C
Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C
5
10
Rx2 = +25°C
Rx2 = +25°C
Rx2 = –40°C
Rx2 = –40°C
0
3605
3606
0
3625
3626
3645
3646
3665
3666
3685
3686
3705
3706
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (dB)
Figure 314. Receiver IIP3 Across Bandwidth vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency,
Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 3600 MHz, Tone 2 = Tone 1 + 1 MHz, −21 dBm
Each, Swept Across Pass Band
Figure 317. Receiver IIP3 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 4600 MHz,
Tone 1 = 4602 MHz, Tone 2 = 4692 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation
Rev. B | Page 75 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
–20
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–40
–60
Rx1 = +110°C
Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C
Rx2 = +25°C
Rx2 = –40°C
–80
–100
–120
0
3612
3632
3652
3672
3692
3712
–100
–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
Figure 318. Receiver IIP3 Across Bandwidth vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency,
Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 3600 MHz, Tone 1 = 3602 MHz, Tone 2 =
Swept Across Pass Band, −21 dBm Each
Figure 321. Receiver Image vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, Attenuation =
0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Tracking Calibration Active, Sample Rate =
245.76 MSPS, LO = 4600 MHz
35
30
25
20
0
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–20
–40
–60
–80
15
Rx1 = +110°C
Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C
Rx2 = +25°C
Rx2 = –40°C
10
5
–100
–120
0
4612
4632
4652
4672
4692
4712
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 319. Receiver IIP3 Across Bandwidth vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency,
Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 4600 MHz, Tone 1 = 4602 MHz, Tone 2 =
Swept Across Pass Band, −21 dBm Each
Figure 322. Receiver Image vs. Attenuator Setting, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz,
Tracking Calibration Active, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 3600 MHz,
Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz
0
0
+110°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
+25°C
–40°C
–20
–20
–40
–40
–60
–80
–60
–80
–100
–120
–100
–120
–100
–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 320. Receiver Image vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, Attenuation =
0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Tracking Calibration Active,
Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 3600 MHz
Figure 323. Receiver Image vs. Attenuator Setting, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz,
Tracking Calibration Active, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 4600 MHz,
Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz
Rev. B | Page 76 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
25
20
15
10
5
0.5
0.4
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
0
–5
–10
–15
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 327. Receiver Attenuator Gain Step Error vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting,
LO = 3600 MHz
Figure 324. Receiver Gain vs. Receiver Attenuation, RF Bandwidth = 20 MHz,
Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 3600 MHz
0.5
25
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0.4
0.3
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
20
15
0.2
10
5
0.1
0
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
0
–5
–10
–15
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 325. Receiver Gain vs. Receiver Attenuation, RF Bandwidth = 20 MHz,
Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 4600 MHz
Figure 328. Receiver Attenuator Gain Step Error vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting,
LO = 4600 MHz
24
–50
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
–110
3400
3600
3800
4000
4200
4400
4600
4800
RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 329. Receiver DC Offset vs. Receiver LO Frequency
Figure 326. Receiver Gain vs. LO Frequency, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz,
Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS
Rev. B | Page 77 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
–70
–30
–40
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–75
–50
–60
–80
–70
–85
–80
–90
–90
–100
–110
–120
–130
–140
–150
–95
ATTN = 0 +110°C
ATTN = 0 +25°C
ATTN = 0 –40°C
ATTN = 15 +110°C
ATTN = 15 +25°C
ATTN = 15 –40°C
–100
–105
–110
0
–60
–40
–20
0
20
40
60
5
10
15
20
25
30
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET AND ATTENUATION (MHz)
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 330. Receiver DC Offset vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting, LO = 3600 MHz
Figure 333. Receiver HD2, Left vs. Baseband Frequency Offset and
Attenuation, Tone Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0, X-Axis = Baseband
Frequency Offset of the Fundamental Tone, Not the Frequency of the HD2
Product (HD2 Product = 2 × the Baseband Frequency), HD2 Canceller
Disabled, LO = 4600 MHz
–70
10
Rx1 = +110°C (RIGHT)
Rx1 = +110°C (LEFT)
Rx1 = +25°C (RIGHT)
Rx1 = +25°C (LEFT)
Rx1 = –40°C (RIGHT)
Rx1 = –40°C (LEFT)
Rx2 = +110°C (RIGHT)
Rx2 = +110°C (LEFT)
Rx2 = +25°C (RIGHT)
Rx2 = +25°C (LEFT)
Rx2 = –40°C (RIGHT)
Rx2 = –40°C (LEFT)
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–75
–80
–10
–30
–85
–90
–50
–70
–95
–90
–100
–105
–110
–110
–130
–150
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
–50
–40
–30
–20
–10
10
20
30
40
50
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO AND ATTENUATION (MHz)
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 331. Receiver DC Offset vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting,
LO = 4600 MHz
Figure 334. Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from LO and
Attenuation, Tone Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 3600 MHz
10
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
Rx1 = +110°C (RIGHT)
Rx1 = +110°C (LEFT)
Rx1 = +25°C (RIGHT)
Rx1 = +25°C (LEFT)
Rx1 = –40°C (RIGHT)
Rx1 = –40°C (LEFT)
Rx2 = +110°C (RIGHT)
Rx2 = +110°C (LEFT)
Rx2 = +25°C (RIGHT)
Rx2 = +25°C (LEFT)
Rx2 = –40°C (RIGHT)
Rx2 = –40°C (LEFT)
–10
–30
–50
–70
–100
–90
–110
–120
–130
–140
–150
ATTN = 0 +110°C
ATTN = 0 +25°C
ATTN = 0 –40°C
ATTN = 15 +110°C
ATTN = 15 +25°C
ATTN = 15 –40°C
–110
–130
–150
–60
–40
–20
0
20
40
60
–50
–40
–30
–20
–10
10
20
30
40
50
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO AND ATTENUATION (MHz)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET AND ATTENUATION (MHz)
Figure 335. Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from LO and
Attenuation, Tone Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 4600 MHz
Figure 332. Receiver HD2, Left vs. Baseband Frequency Offset and
Attenuation, Tone Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0, X-Axis = Baseband
Frequency Offset of the Fundamental Tone, Not the Frequency of the HD2
Product (HD2 Product = 2 × the Baseband Frequency), HD2 Canceller
Disabled, LO = 3600 MHz
Rev. B | Page 78 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
0
–5
0
–5
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–10
–15
–20
–25
–30
–35
–40
–45
–50
–10
–15
–20
–25
–30
–35
–40
–45
–65
–55
–45
–35
–25
–15
–5
5
–65
–55
–45
–35
–25
–15
–5
5
LTE 20MHz RF INPUT POWER (dBm)
LTE 20MHz RF INPUT POWER (dBm)
Figure 338. Receiver EVM vs. LTE = 20 MHz RF Input Power,
RF Signal = LTE 20 MHz, LO = 4600 MHz, Default AGC Settings
Figure 336. Receiver EVM vs. LTE = 20 MHz RF Input Power, RF Signal =
LTE 20 MHz, LO = 3600 MHz, Default AGC Settings
–70
–80
–90
0
Rx1 TO Rx2 ISOLATION
Rx2 TO Rx1 ISOLATION
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
–100
–110
–120
–130
–140
–150
–160
–170
100
1k
10k
100k
1M
10M
100M
FREQUENCY OFFSET (Hz)
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 339. Phase Noise vs. Frequency Offset, LO = 3800 MHz, RMS Phase
Error Integrated from 2 kHz to 18 MHz, PLL Loop Bandwidth = 300 kHz,
Spectrum Analyzer Limits Far Out Noise
Figure 337. Receiver to Receiver Isolation vs. LO Frequency
Rev. B | Page 79 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
5100 MHz TO 5900 MHz BAND
0
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
+110°C = 20dB
+110°C = 15dB
+110°C = 10dB
+110°C = 5dB
+110°C = 0dB
+25°C = 20dB
+25°C = 15dB
+25°C = 10dB
+25°C = 5dB
+25°C = 0dB
–40°C = 20dB
–40°C = 15dB
–40°C = 10dB
–40°C = 5dB
–40°C = 0dB
–0.5
–1.0
–1.5
–2.0
–2.5
5000
5200
5400
5600
5800
6000
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 343. Transmitter Image Rejection vs. Baseband Offset Frequency, QEC
Trained with Three Tones Placed at 10 MHz, 50 MHz, and 100 MHz (Tracking
On), Total Combined Power = −6 dBFS, Correction then Frozen (Tracking
Turned Off), CW Tone Swept Across Large Signal Bandwidth, LO = 5500 MHz
Figure 340. Transmitter Path Loss vs. LO Frequency (Simulation), Useful for
De-Embedding Performance Data
0
10
+110 – 20
+110 – 15
+110 – 10
+110 – 5
+110 – 0
+25 – 20
+25 – 15
+25 – 10
+25 – 5
+25 – 0
–40 – 20
–40 – 15
–40 – 10
–40 – 5
–40 – 0
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
–100 –80 –60 –40 –20
0
20
40
60
80
100
5100
5300
5500
5700
5900
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 344. Transmitter Image Rejection vs. Baseband Offset Frequency, QEC
Trained with Three Tones Placed at 10 MHz, 50 MHz, and 100 MHz (Tracking
On), Total Combined Power = −6 dBFS, Correction then Frozen (Tracking
Turned Off), CW Tone Swept Across Large Signal Bandwidth, LO = 5900 MHz
Figure 341. Transmitter CW Output Power vs. Transmitter LO Frequency,
Transmitter QEC, and External LO Leakage Active, Bandwidth Mode =
200 MHz/450 MHz, IQ Rate = 491.52 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB,
Not De-Embedded
0
1.0
Tx1 = +110°C
+110°C = 20dB
+110°C = 15dB
+110°C = 10dB
+110°C = 5dB
+110°C = 0dB
+25°C = 20dB
+25°C = 15dB
+25°C = 10dB
+25°C = 5dB
+25°C = 0dB
–40°C = 20dB
–40°C = 15dB
–40°C = 10dB
–40°C = 5dB
–40°C = 0dB
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
0.8
0.6
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
0.4
0.2
0
–0.2
–0.4
–0.6
–0.8
–1.0
–225 –175 –125 –75
–25
25
75
125
175
225
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 345. Transmitter Pass Band Flatness vs. Baseband Offset Frequency,
Off Chip Match Response De-Embedded, LO = 5700 MHz, Measurements
Performed with Device Calibrated at 25°C
Figure 342. Transmitter Image Rejection vs. Baseband Offset Frequency, QEC
Trained with Three Tones Placed at 10 MHz, 50 MHz, and 100 MHz (Tracking
On), Total Combined Power = −6 dBFS, Correction then Frozen (Tracking
Turned Off), CW Tone Swept Across Large Signal Bandwidth, LO = 5100 MHz
Rev. B | Page 80 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
–70
–150
–155
–160
–165
–170
–175
Tx1 = +110°C
5100MHz = +110°C
–72
–74
–76
–78
–80
–82
–84
–86
–88
–90
5100MHz = +25°C
5100MHz = –40°C
5500MHz = +110°C
5500MHz = +25°C
5500MHz = –40°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
5100
5500
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
5900
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 346. Transmitter LO Leakage vs. Transmitter LO Frequency,
Transmitter Attenuation = 0 dB
Figure 349. Transmitter Noise vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting
0
–40
Tx1 TO Rx1
Tx2 = +110°C (LOWER)
Tx2 = +110°C (UPPER)
Tx2 = +25°C (LOWER)
Tx2 = +25°C (UPPER)
Tx2 = –40°C (LOWER)
Tx2 = –40°C (UPPER)
Tx2 = +110°C (LOWER)
Tx2 = +110°C (UPPER)
Tx2 = +25°C (LOWER)
Tx2 = +25°C (UPPER)
Tx2 = –40°C (LOWER)
Tx2 = –40°C (UPPER)
10
20
Tx1 TO Rx2
Tx2 TO Rx1
Tx2 TO Rx2
–45
–50
–55
–60
–65
–70
–75
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
5000
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
5200
5400
5600
5800
6000
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 350. Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio vs. Transmitter
Attenuator Setting, LO = 5100 MHz, LTE = 20 MHz, PAR = 12 dB, DAC Boost
Normal, Upper Side and Lower Side, Decreasing ACLR at Higher Attenuation
Due to Spectrum Analyzer Noise Floor
Figure 347. Transmitter to Receiver Isolation vs. Receiver LO Frequency,
Temperature = 25°C
–40
0
Tx2 = +110°C (LOWER)
Tx2 = +110°C (UPPER)
Tx2 = +25°C (LOWER)
Tx2 = +25°C (UPPER)
Tx2 = –40°C (LOWER)
Tx2 = –40°C (UPPER)
Tx2 = +110°C (LOWER)
Tx2 = +110°C (UPPER)
Tx2 = +25°C (LOWER)
Tx2 = +25°C (UPPER)
Tx2 = –40°C (LOWER)
Tx2 = –40°C (UPPER)
Tx1 TO Tx2
Tx2 TO Tx1
10
20
–45
–50
–55
–60
–65
–70
–75
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
5000 5100 5200 5300 5400 5500 5600 5700 5800 5900 6000
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 351. Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio vs. Transmitter
Attenuator Setting, LO = 5500 MHz, LTE = 20 MHz, PAR = 12 dB, DAC Boost
Normal, Upper Side and Lower Side, Decreasing ACLR at Higher Attenuation
Due to Spectrum Analyzer Noise Floor
Figure 348. Transmitter to Transmitter Isolation vs. Transmitter LO Frequency,
Temperature = 25°C
Rev. B | Page 81 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
–40
–45
–50
–55
–60
–65
–70
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
Tx2 = +110°C (LOWER)
Tx2 = +110°C (UPPER)
Tx2 = +25°C (LOWER)
Tx2 = +25°C (UPPER)
Tx2 = –40°C (LOWER)
Tx2 = –40°C (UPPER)
Tx2 = +110°C (LOWER)
Tx2 = +110°C (UPPER)
Tx2 = +25°C (LOWER)
Tx2 = +25°C (UPPER)
Tx2 = –40°C (LOWER)
Tx2 = –40°C (UPPER)
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0
–5
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION SETTING (dB)
Figure 352. Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio vs. Transmitter
Attenuator Setting, LO = 5900 MHz, LTE = 20 MHz, PAR = 12 dB, DAC Boost
Normal, Upper Side and Lower Side, Decreasing ACLR at Higher Attenuation
Due to Spectrum Analyzer Noise Floor
Figure 355. Transmitter OIP3, Right vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
LO = 5800 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS
30
25
20
15
40
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
10
5
0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
Figure 356. Transmitter OIP3, Right vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
LO = 5100 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS Power, Transmitter
Attenuation = 4 dB
Figure 353. Transmitter OIP3, Right vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
LO = 5100 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS
30
25
20
15
35
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
30
25
20
15
10
5
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
10
Tx2 = –40°C
5
0
0
–5
5
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32
10
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
Figure 354. Transmitter OIP3, Right vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
LO = 5500 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS
Figure 357. Transmitter OIP3, Right vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
LO = 5500 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS, Transmitter Attenuation = 4 dB
Rev. B | Page 82 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
–20
+110°C (HD2)
+25°C (HD2)
–40°C (HD2)
+110°C (UPPER)
+25°C (UPPER)
–40°C (UPPER)
–40
–60
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–80
–100
–120
0
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32
5
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
10
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
Figure 358. Transmitter Output, Right vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
LO = 5900 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS, Transmitter Attenuation = 4 dB
Figure 361. Transmitter HD2 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, Baseband
Frequency = 10 MHz, LO = 5900 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS
0
0
+110°C (HD2)
+25°C (HD2)
–40°C (HD2)
+110°C (UPPER)
+25°C (UPPER)
–40°C (UPPER)
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
–110
–20
–40
–60
–80
–100
–120
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION SETTING (dB)
Figure 359. Transmitter HD2 vs. Transmitter Attenuation Setting, Baseband
Frequency = 10 MHz, LO = 5100 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS
Figure 362. Transmitter HD3 on Opposite Sideband vs. Transmitter Attenuator
Setting, LO = 5100 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS, Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz
0
0
+110°C (HD2)
+25°C (HD2)
–40°C (HD2)
+110°C (UPPER)
+25°C (UPPER)
–40°C (UPPER)
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
–110
–20
–40
–60
–80
–100
–120
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 360. Transmitter HD2 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, Baseband
Frequency = 10 MHz, LO = 5500 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS
Figure 363. Transmitter HD3 on Opposite Sideband vs. Transmitter Attenuator
Setting, LO = 5500 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS, Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz
Rev. B | Page 83 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
0
–10
0
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–20
–20
–30
–40
–40
–50
–60
–60
–70
–80
–80
–90
–100
–110
–120
–100
–120
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 364. Transmitter HD3 on Opposite Sideband vs. Transmitter
Attenuator Setting, LO = 5900 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS, Baseband Frequency =
10 MHz
Figure 367. Transmitter HD3 Image on Same Sideband as Signal vs.
Transmitter Attenuator Setting, LO = 5900 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS
0
0.06
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–10
–20
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
0
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–0.01
–0.02
–0.03
–100
–110
–120
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION SETTING (dB)
Figure 368. Transmitter Attenuation Step Error vs. Transmitter Attenuator
Setting, LO = 5100 MHz
Figure 365. Transmitter HD3 Image on Same Sideband as Signal vs.
Transmitter Attenuator Setting, LO = 5100 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS
0.07
0
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–10
–20
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
0
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–0.01
–0.02
–0.03
–100
–110
–120
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 369. Transmitter Attenuation Step Error vs. Transmitter Attenuator
Setting, LO = 5500 MHz
Figure 366. Transmitter HD3 Image on Same Sideband as Signal vs.
Transmitter Attenuator Setting, LO = 5500 MHz, CW = −15 dBFS
Rev. B | Page 84 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
–30
–32
–34
–36
–38
–40
–42
–44
–46
–48
–50
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
0
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–0.01
–0.02
–0.03
–0.04
–0.05
0
5
10
15
20
25
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION (dBm)
Figure 370. Transmitter Attenuator Step Error vs. Transmitter Attenuator
Setting, LO = 5900 MHz
Figure 373. EVM vs. Transmitter Attenuation, LTE Signal = 20 MHz, Centered
on DC, LO = 5900 MHz
–30
0
–0.2
–0.4
–0.6
–0.8
–1.0
–1.2
–1.4
–1.6
–1.8
–2.0
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–32
–34
–36
–38
–40
–42
–44
–46
–48
–50
0
5
10
15
20
25
5000
5200
5400
5600
5800
6000
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION (dBm)
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 371. EVM vs. Transmitter Attenuation, LTE Signal = 20 MHz Centered
on DC, LO = 5100 MHz
Figure 374. Observation Receiver Path Loss vs. LO Frequency, Can be Used for
De-Embedding Performance Data
–30
0
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–32
–34
–36
–38
–40
–42
–44
–46
–48
–50
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
0
5
10
15
20
25
5200
5300
5400
5500
5600
5700
5800
5900
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION (dBm)
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 372. EVM vs. Transmitter Attenuation, LTE Signal = 20 MHz, Centered
on DC, LO = 5500 MHz
Figure 375. Observation Receiver LO Leakage vs. LO Frequency
LO = 5200 MHz, 5500 MHz, and 5900 MHz
Rev. B | Page 85 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
5705 5725 5745 5765 5785 5805 5825 5845 5865 5885 5905 5925
5706 5726 5746 5766 5786 5806 5826 5846 5866 5886 5906 5926
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 376. Observation Receiver Noise Figure vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuator Setting, 5200 MHz, Total Nyquist Integration Bandwidth
Figure 379. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs. f1 Offset
Frequency, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Band at −19 dBm Each,
LO = 5700 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB
36
85
80
75
70
65
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
60
55
50
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0
2
4
6
8
10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 380. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs.
Attenuation, LO = 5700 MHz, Tone 1 = 5725 MHz, Tone 2 = 5726 MHz at
−19 dBm Plus Attenuation
Figure 377. Observation Receiver Noise Figure vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuator Setting, LO = 5500 MHz, Total Nyquist Integration Bandwidth
80
70
60
50
40
36
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
30
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
20
10
0
5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702
5722 5742 5762 5782 5802 5822 5842 5862 5882 5902 5922 5942
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
INTERMODULATION FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 378. Observation Receiver Noise Figure vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuator Setting, LO = 5800 MHz, Total Nyquist Integration Bandwidth
Figure 381. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Intermodulation Frequency,
LO = 5700 MHz, Tone 1 = 5702 MHz, Tone 2 = Swept, −19 dBm Each,
Attenuation = 0 dB
Rev. B | Page 86 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
80
75
70
65
60
55
25
20
15
10
5
ORx1 = +110°C
ORx1 = +25°C
ORx1 = –40°C
INPUT IP2 SUM +110°C
INPUT IP2 SUM +25°C
INPUT IP2 SUM –40°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF +110°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF +25°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF –40°C
50
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702
5722 5742 5762 5782 5802 5822 5842 5862 5882 5902 5922 5942
ATTENUATION (dB)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 382. Observation Receiver IIP2, 2f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, LO = 5700 MHz,
Tone 1 = 5702 MHz, Tone 2 = 5802 MHz at −19 dBm Plus Attenuation
Figure 385. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Swept Pass Band
Frequency, LO = 5700 MHz, Tone 1 = 5702 MHz, Tone 2 = 5722 MHz at −22
dBm Each Plus Attenuation
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
200
0
–200
–400
–600
INPUT IP3 = +110°C
INPUT IP3 = +25°C
INPUT IP3 = –40°C
14
12
10
8
–800
ORx1 = +110°C
ORx1 = +25°C
ORx1 = –40°C
–1000
6
–1200
0
2
4
6
8
10
5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702
5722 5742 5762 5782 5802 5822 5842 5862 5882 5902 5922 5942
ATTENUATION (dB)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 383. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Swept Pass Band
Frequency, LO = 5700 MHz, Observer Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, Tones
Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Band at −19 dBm Each
Figure 386. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, LO = 5700 MHz,
Tone 1 = 5702 MHz, Tone 2 = 5822 MHz at −19 dBm Plus Attenuation
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
0
+110°C = 10dB
+25°C = 10dB
–40°C = 10dB
+110°C = 0dB
+25°C = 0dB
–40°C = 0dB
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
INPUT IP3 = +110°C
INPUT IP3 = +25°C
INPUT IP3 = –40°C
14
12
10
8
6
0
2
4
6
8
10
ATTENUATION (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET AND ATTENUATION (MHz)
Figure 384. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, LO = 5700 MHz,
Tone 1 = 5745 MHz, Tone 2 = 5746 MHz at −19 dBm Plus Attenuation
Figure 387. Observation Receiver Image Rejection vs. Baseband Frequency
Offset and Attenuation, CW Signal Swept Across the Pass Band, LO = 5200 MHz
Rev. B | Page 87 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
0.5
0.4
+110°C = 10dB
+25°C = 10dB
–40°C = 10dB
+110°C = 0dB
+25°C = 0dB
–40°C = 0dB
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET AND OBSERVATION
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (MHz)
Figure 388. Observation Receiver Image Rejection vs. Baseband Frequency Offset
and Observation Receiver Attenuation, CW Signal Swept Across the Pass Band,
LO = 5700 MHz
Figure 391. Observation Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuator Setting, LO = 5200 MHz
18
0.5
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0.4
0.3
16
14
12
10
8
0.2
0.1
0
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
6
4
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ATTENUATION (dB)
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 389. Observation Receiver Gain vs. Attenuation, LO = 5200 MHz
Figure 392. Observation Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuator Setting, LO = 5600 MHz
16
0.5
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0.4
0.3
14
0.2
0.1
12
10
8
0
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
6
4
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ATTENUATION (dB)
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 393. Observation Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuator Setting, LO = 5600 MHz
Figure 390. Observation Receiver Gain vs. Attenuation, LO = 5700 MHz
Rev. B | Page 88 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
0.7
0.6
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +110°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +25°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = –40°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = = +110°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = +25°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = –40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
–90.0
–67.5
–45.0
–22.5
22.5
45.0
67.5
90.0
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 394. Observation Receiver Pass Band Flatness vs. Baseband Offset
Frequency, LO = 5700 MHz
Figure 397. Observation Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Offset Frequency,
LO = 5200 MHz, Tone Level = −20 dBm
0
0
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +110°C
+110°C = 0dB (RIGHT)
+110°C = 10dB (RIGHT)
+110°C = 0dB (LEFT)
+110°C = 10dB (LEFT)
+25°C = 0dB (RIGHT)
+25°C = 10dB (RIGHT)
+25°C = 0dB (LEFT)
+25°C = 10dB (LEFT)
–40°C = 0dB (RIGHT)
–40°C = 10dB (RIGHT)
–40°C = 0dB (LEFT)
–40°C = 10dB (LEFT)
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +25°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = –40°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = = +110°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = +25°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = –40°C
–20
–40
–60
–80
–100
–120
–100
–90.0
–67.5
–45.0
–22.5
22.5
45.0
67.5
90.0
–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 398. Observation Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Offset Frequency,
LO = 5700 MHz, Tone Level = −20 dBm
Figure 395. Observation Receiver HD2 vs. Offset Frequency, LO = 5200 MHz,
Tone Level = −20 dBm Plus Attenuation
0
0
TX1 TO ORX1
+110°C = 0dB (RIGHT)
+110°C = 10dB (RIGHT)
+110°C = 0dB (LEFT)
+110°C = 10dB (LEFT)
+25°C = 0dB (RIGHT)
+25°C = 10dB (RIGHT)
+25°C = 0dB (LEFT)
+25°C = 10dB (LEFT)
–40°C = 0dB (RIGHT)
–40°C = 10dB (RIGHT)
–40°C = 0dB (LEFT)
–40°C = 10dB (LEFT)
TX2 TO ORX1
TX1 TO ORX2
TX2 TO ORX2
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
–20
–40
–60
–80
–100
–120
–100
5000
5200
5400
5600
5800
6000
–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 396. Observation Receiver HD2 vs. Offset Frequency, LO = 5700 MHz,
Tone Level = −20 dBm Plus Attenuation
Figure 399. Transmitter to Observation Receiver Isolation vs. LO Frequency,
Temperature = 25°C
Rev. B | Page 89 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
0
–0.20
–0.40
–0.60
–0.80
–1.00
–1.20
–1.40
–1.60
–1.80
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
–2.00
5000
5805
5806
5825
5826
5845
5846
5865
5866
5885
5886
5905
5906
5200
5400
5600
5800
6000
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 400. Receiver Path Loss vs. LO Frequency, Can Be Used for De-
Embedding Performance Data
Figure 403. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs. Swept
Pass Band Frequency, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 5800 MHz, Six Tone
Pairs, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation Each
110
0
Rx1 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
Rx1 IIP2 SUM +110°C
Rx1 IIP2 DIFF +25°C
Rx1 IIP2 SUM +25°C
Rx1 IIP2 DIFF –40°C
Rx1 IIP2 SUM –40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
100
90
80
70
60
50
Rx2 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
Rx2 IIP2 SUM +110°C
Rx2 IIP2 DIFF +25°C
Rx2 IIP2 SUM +25°C
Rx2 IIP2 DIFF –40°C
Rx2 IIP2 SUM –40°C
5200
5300
5400
5500
5600
5700
5800
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
RECEIVER ATTENUATION
Figure 401. Receiver LO Leakage vs. Receiver LO Frequency, LO = 5200 MHz,
5500 MHz, and 5800 MHz, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, RF
Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS
Figure 404. Receiver IIP2 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 5800 MHz, Tones
Placed at 5802 MHz and 5892 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation
110
80
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
Rx1 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
Rx1 IIP2 SUM +110°C
Rx1 IIP2 DIFF +25°C
75
100
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
Rx1 IIP2 SUM +25°C
Rx1 IIP2 DIFF –40°C
Rx1 IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
90
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
80
70
60
50
Rx2 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
Rx2 IIP2 SUM +110°C
Rx2 IIP2 DIFF +25°C
Rx2 IIP2 SUM +25°C
Rx2 IIP2 DIFF –40°C
Rx2 IIP2 SUM –40°C
5802 5812 5822 5832 5842 5852 5862 5872 5882 5892 5902
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
ATTENUATION (dB)
5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY
Figure 405. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs. Swept
Pass Band Frequency, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 5800 MHz,
Tone 1 = 5802 MHz, Tone 2 Swept, −21 dBm Each
Figure 402. Receiver IIP2 vs. Attenuation, LO = 5800 MHz LO, Tones Placed at
5845 MHz and 5846 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation
Rev. B | Page 90 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
30
25
20
15
10
5
Rx1 = +110°C
Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C
Rx2 = +25°C
Rx2 = –40°C
Rx1 = +110°C
Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C
Rx2 = +25°C
Rx2 = –40°C
0
0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802
5812 5822 5832 5842 5852 5862 5872 5882 5892 5902 5912 5922
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 409. Receiver IIP3 Across Bandwidth vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency,
Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 5800 MHz, Tone 1 = 5802 MHz, Tone 2
Swept Across Pass Band, −21 dBm Each
Figure 406. Receiver IIP3 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 5800 MHz, Tone 1 =
5895 MHz, Tone 2 = 5896 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation
–10
30
Rx1 = +110°C
Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C
Rx2 = +25°C
Rx2 = –40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
–110
25
20
15
10
5
0
5805 5815 5825 5835 5845 5855 5865 5875 5888 5895 5905 5915
–100
–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
5806 5816 5826 5836 5846 5856 5866 5876 5886 5896 5906 5916
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 410. Receiver Image vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, Attenuation =
0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Tracking Calibration Active,
Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 5200 MHz
Figure 407. Receiver IIP3 Across Bandwidth vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency,
Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 5800 MHz, Tone 2 = Tone 1 + 1 MHz,
−21 dBm each, Swept Across Pass Band
–10
60
Rx1 = +110°C
Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C
Rx2 = +25°C
Rx2 = –40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
–110
50
40
30
20
10
0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
–100
–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
Figure 408. Receiver IIP3 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 5800 MHz,
Tone 1 = 5802 MHz, Tone 2 = 5892 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation
Figure 411. Receiver Image vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, Attenuation =
0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Tracking Calibration Active,
Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 5900 MHz
Rev. B | Page 91 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
0
0.5
0.4
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–20
0.3
0.2
–40
0.1
–60
0
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
–80
–100
–120
0
2
10
15
20
25
30
0
2
10
15
20
25
30
ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 412. Receiver Image vs. Attenuator Setting, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz,
Tracking Calibration Active, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 5200 MHz,
Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz
Figure 415. Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting, LO =
5600 MHz
0
0.5
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0.4
0.3
–20
0.2
–40
0.1
–60
–80
0
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
–100
–120
0
2
10
15
20
25
30
0
2
10
15
20
25
30
ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 413. Receiver Image vs. Attenuator Setting, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz,
Tracking Calibration Active, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 5900 MHz,
Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz
Figure 416. Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting, LO =
6000 MHz
0.5
0.5
0.4
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.2
0
0.1
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
0
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
–0.4
–0.5
MAX OF NORMALIZED_I_RIPPLE –40°C
MAX OF NORMALIZED_I_RIPPLE +25°C
MAX OF NORMALIZED_I_RIPPLE +110°C
MAX OF NORMALIZED_Q_RIPPLE –40°C
MAX OF NORMALIZED_Q_RIPPLE +25°C
MAX OF NORMALIZED_Q_RIPPLE +110°C
–0.6
–0.7
–0.8
–0.9
–1.0
0
2
10
15
20
25
30
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND AND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 417. Normalized Receiver Baseband Flatness vs. Baseband and Frequency
(Receiver Flatness)
Figure 414. Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting,
LO = 5200 MHz
Rev. B | Page 92 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
–30
–40
–10
–30
Rx2 = +110°C (LEFT)
Rx1 = +110°C (LEFT)
Rx2 = +25°C (LEFT)
Rx1 = +25°C (LEFT)
Rx2 = –40°C (LEFT)
Rx1 = –40°C (LEFT)
Rx2 = +110°C (RIGHT)
Rx1 = +110°C (RIGHT)
Rx2 = +25°C (RIGHT)
Rx1 = +25°C (RIGHT)
Rx2 = –40°C (RIGHT)
Rx1 = –40°C (RIGHT)
–50
–60
–50
–70
–80
–70
–90
–90
–100
–110
–120
–130
–140
–150
ATTN = 15 +110°C
ATTN = 15 +25°C
ATTN = 15 –40°C
ATTN = 0 +110°C
ATTN = 0 +25°C
ATTN = 0 –40°C
–110
–130
–150
–50
–40
–30
–20
–10
10
20
30
40
50
–60
–40
–20
0
20
40
60
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO (MHz)
Figure 418. Receiver HD2, Left vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, Tone Level =
−15 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB, X-Axis = Baseband Frequency Offset of the
Fundamental Tone, Not the Frequency of the HD2 Product (HD2 Product =
2 × the Baseband Frequency), HD2 Canceller Disabled, LO = 5200 MHz
Figure 421. Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from LO,
Tone Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 5900 MHz
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
0
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–5
–10
–15
–20
–25
–30
–35
–40
–45
–110
–120
–130
–140
–150
ATTN = 15 +110°C
ATTN = 15 +25°C
ATTN = 15 –40°C
ATTN = 0 +110°C
ATTN = 0 +25°C
ATTN = 0 –40°C
–65
–55
–45
–35
–25
–15
–5
5
–60
–40
–20
0
20
40
60
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
LTE 20 RF INPUT POWER (dBm)
Figure 419. Receiver HD2, Left vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, Tone Level =
−15 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB, X-Axis = Baseband Frequency Offset of the
Fundamental Tone, Not the Frequency of the HD2 Product (HD2 Product =
2 × the Baseband Frequency), HD2 Canceller Disabled, LO = 5900 MHz
Figure 422. Receiver EVM vs. LTE20 RF Input Power, LO = 5200 MHz, Default
AGC Settings
–10
0
Rx2 = +110°C (LEFT)
Rx1 = +110°C (LEFT)
Rx2 = +25°C (LEFT)
Rx1 = +25°C (LEFT)
Rx2 = –40°C (LEFT)
Rx1 = –40°C (LEFT)
Rx2 = +110°C (RIGHT)
Rx1 = +110°C (RIGHT)
Rx2 = +25°C (RIGHT)
Rx1 = +25°C (RIGHT)
Rx2 = –40°C (RIGHT)
Rx1 = –40°C (RIGHT)
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–5
–10
–30
–50
–15
–20
–25
–30
–35
–40
–45
–70
–90
–110
–130
–150
–65
–55
–45
–35
–25
–15
–5
5
–50
–40
–30
–20
–10
10
20
30
40
50
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO (MHz)
LTE 20 RF INPUT POWER (dBm)
Figure 420. Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from LO, Tone
Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 5200 MHz
Figure 423. Receiver EVM vs. LTE20 RF Input Power, LO = 5500 MHz, Default
AGC Settings
Rev. B | Page 93 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
0
–20
–40
+110°C
+25°C
–40°C
–5
–10
–15
–20
–25
–30
–35
–40
–45
–60
–80
–100
–120
–140
–160
–180
–65
–55
–45
–35
–25
–15
–5
5
100
1k
10k
100k
1M
10M
100M
LTE 20 RF INPUT POWER (dBm)
FREQUENCY OFFSET (Hz)
Figure 426. LO Phase Noise vs. Frequency Offset, LO = 5900 MHz, RMS Phase
Error Integrated from 2 kHz to 18 MHz, PLL Loop Bandwidth > 300 kHz,
Spectrum Analyzer Limits Far Out Noise
Figure 424. EVM vs. LTE20 RF Input Power, LO = 5800 MHz, Default AGC
Settings
0
Rx1 TO Rx2
Rx2 TO Rx1
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
5000 5100 5200 5300 5400 5500 5600 5700 5800 5900 6000
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 425. Receiver to Receiver Isolation vs. LO Frequency
Rev. B | Page 94 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
TRANSMITTER OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
Tx PORT SIMULATED IMPEDANCE: SEDZ
M26
M21
FREQ = 3.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.368 / 150.626
IMPEDANCE = 24.355 + j10.153
FREQ = 100.0MHz
S (1,1) = 0.143 / –7.865
IMPEDANCE = 66.439 – j2.654
M28
M27
M27
M22
M29
FREQ = 4.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.484 / –107.379
IMPEDANCE = 25.118 + j30.329
FREQ = 300.0MHz
S (1,1) = 0.141 / –25.589
IMPEDANCE = 64.063 – j7.987
M26
M28
M23
FREQ = 5.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.569 / 70.352
IMPEDANCE = 35.932 + j56.936
FREQ = 500.0MHz
S (1,1) = 0.145 / –42.661
IMPEDANCE = 60.623 – j12.201
M21
M22
M23
M25
M24
M29
M24
FREQ = 6.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.614 / 36.074
IMPEDANCE = 81.032 + j94.014
FREQ = 1.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.164 / –84.046
IMPEDANCE = 49.000 – j16.447
M25
FREQ = 2.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.247 / 155.186
IMPEDANCE = 31.131 – j6.860
FREQ (0Hz TO 6.000GHz)
Figure 427. Transmitter Output Impedance Series Equivalent Differential Impedance (SEDZ)
OBSERVATION RECEIVER INPUT IMPEDANCE
ORx PORT SIMULATED IMPEDANCE: SEDZ
M20
M15
FREQ = 3.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.104 / –66.720
IMPEDANCE = 53.262 – j10.292
FREQ = 100.0MHz
S (1,1) = 0.391 / –1.848
IMPEDANCE = 114.099 – j3.397
M23
M22
M21
M16
FREQ = 4.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.116 / –104.276
IMPEDANCE = 46.060 + j10.522
FREQ = 300.0MHz
S (1,1) = 0.389 / –5.601
IMPEDANCE = 112.639 – j10.091
M21
M21
M22
M17
M15
M16
M18
FREQ = 5.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.342 / 75.761
IMPEDANCE = 46.551 + j34.914
FREQ = 500.0MHz
S (1,1) = 0.385 / –9.396
IMPEDANCE = 109.556 – j16.156
M17
M20
M19
M23
M18
FREQ = 6.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.525 / 53.007
IMPEDANCE = 56.249 + j65.146
FREQ = 1.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.362 / –19.087
IMPEDANCE = 97.259 – j26.513
M19
FREQ = 2.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.267 / –39.928
IMPEDANCE = 70.189 – j25.940
FREQ (0Hz TO 6.000GHz)
Figure 428. Observation Receiver Input Impedance SEDZ
Rev. B | Page 95 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
RECEIVER INPUT IMPEDANCE
Rx PORT SIMULATED IMPEDANCE: SEDZ
M20
M15
FREQ = 3.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.267 / –64.650
IMPEDANCE = 55.102 – j28.685
FREQ = 100.0MHz
S (1,1) = 0.390 / –1.819
IMPEDANCE = 113.933 – j3.331
M21
M16
FREQ = 4.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.186 / –104.336
IMPEDANCE = 42.821 – j16.026
FREQ = 300.0MHz
S (1,1) = 0.390 / –5.495
IMPEDANCE = 112.803 – j9.931
M23
M22
M17
M15
M16
M17
M18
FREQ = 5.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.164 / –173.106
IMPEDANCE = 35.977 – j1.455
FREQ = 500.0MHz
S (1,1) = 0.388 / –9.198
IMPEDANCE = 110.398 – j16.107
M22
M21
M19
M20
M23
M18
FREQ = 6.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.266 / 130.063
IMPEDANCE = 32.890 + j14.399
FREQ = 1.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.377 / –18.643
IMPEDANCE = 100.377 – j28.250
M19
FREQ = 2.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.336 / –39.123
IMPEDANCE = 74.966 – j35.800
FREQ (0Hz TO 6.000GHz)
Figure 429. Receiver Input Impedance SEDZ
Rev. B | Page 96 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
TERMINOLOGY
Large Signal Bandwidth
Observation Bandwidth
Large signal bandwidth, otherwise known as instantaneous
bandwidth or signal bandwidth, is the bandwidth over which
there are large signals. For example, for Band 42 LTE, the large
signal bandwidth is 200 MHz.
Observation bandwidth is the 1 dB bandwidth of the observation
receiver. With the observation receiver sharing the transmitter
LO, the observation receiver senses similar power densities,
such as those in the occupied bandwidth and synthesis bandwidth
of the transmitter.
Occupied Bandwidth
Occupied bandwidth is the total bandwidth of the active signals.
For example, three 20 MHz carriers have a 60 MHz occupied
bandwidth, regardless of where the carriers are placed within
the large signal bandwidth.
Backoff
Backoff is the difference (in dB) between full scale and the rms
signal power.
PHIGH
Synthesis Bandwidth
PHIGH is the largest signal that can be applied without
overloading the ADC for the receiver or observation receiver
input. This input level results in slightly less than full scale at
the digital output because of the nature of the continuous time
Σ-Δ ADCs, which, for example, exhibit a soft overload in
contrast to the hard clipping of pipeline ADCs.
Synthesis bandwidth is the bandwidth over which digital
predistortion (DPD) linearization is transmitted. Synthesis
bandwidth is the 1 dB bandwidth of the transmitter. The power
density of the signal outside the occupied bandwidth is assumed
to be 25 dB below the signal in the occupied bandwidth, which
also assumes that the unlinearized power amplifier (PA)
achieves 25 dB ACLR.
Rev. B | Page 97 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
THEORY OF OPERATION
The ADRV9009 is a highly integrated RF transmitter subsystem
capable of configuration for a wide range of applications. The
device integrates all RF, mixed-signal, and digital blocks necessary
to provide all transmitter traffic and DPD observation receiver
functions in a single device. Programmability allows the
transmitter to be adapted for use in many TDD systems and
3G/4G/5G cellular standards. The ADRV9009 contains four high
speed serial interface links for the transmitter chain, and two
high speed links each for the receiver and observation receiver
chains. The links are JESD204B, Subclass 1 compliant. The two
receiver lanes can be reused for the observation receiver, providing
a low pin count and a reliable data interface to field programmable
gate arrays (FPGAs) or integrated baseband solutions.
The receivers include ADCs and adjustable sample rates that
produce data streams from the received signals. The signals can
be conditioned further by a series of decimation filters and a
programmable FIR filter with additional decimation settings. The
sample rate of each digital filter block is adjustable by changing
decimation factors to produce the desired output data rate.
OBSERVATION RECEIVER
The ADRV9009 contains an independent DPD observation
receiver front end with two multiplexed inputs and a common
digital back end that is shared with the traffic receiver. This
configuration enables an efficient shared receiver and observation
receiver mode where the device can support fast switching
between receiver and observation receiver mode in TDD
applications. The observation receiver shares the common
frequency synthesizer with the transmitter.
The ADRV9009 also provides tracking correction of dc offset
QEC errors and transmitter LO leakage to maintain high
performance under varying temperatures and input signal
conditions. The device also includes test modes that allow
system designers to debug designs during prototyping and to
optimize radio configurations.
The observation receiver is a direct conversion system that
contains a programmable attenuator stage, followed by matched
I and Q mixers, baseband filters, and ADCs.
The continuous time Σ-Δ ADCs have inherent antialiasing that
reduces the RF filtering requirement.
TRANSMITTER
The ADRV9009 transmitter section consists of two identical
and independently controlled channels that provide all digital
processing, mixed-signal, and RF blocks necessary to implement a
direct conversion system while sharing a common frequency
synthesizer. The digital data from the JESD204B lanes pass
through a fully programmable, 128-tap FIR filter with variable
interpolation rates. The FIR output is sent to a series of
interpolation filters that provide additional filtering and
interpolation prior to reaching the DAC. Each 14-bit DAC
has an adjustable sample rate.
The ADC outputs can be conditioned further by a series of
decimation filters and a programmable FIR filter with additional
decimation settings. The sample rate of each digital filter block
is adjustable by changing decimation factors to produce the
desired output data rate.
CLOCK INPUT
The ADRV9009 requires a differential clock connected to the
REF_CLK_IN pins. The frequency of the clock input must be
between 10 MHz and 1000 MHz and must have very low phase
noise because this signal generates the RF LO and internal
sampling clocks.
When converted to baseband analog signals, the inphase (I) and
quadrature (Q) signals are filtered to remove sampling artifacts
and are fed to the upconversion mixers. Each transmitter chain
provides a wide attenuation adjustment range with fine
granularity to optimize SNR.
SYNTHESIZERS
RF PLL
The ADRV9009 contains a fractional-N PLL to generate the RF
LO for the signal paths. The PLL incorporates an internal VCO
and loop filter, requiring no external components. The LOs on
multiple chips can be phase synchronized to support active
antenna systems and beamforming applications.
RECEIVER
The ADRV9009 receiver contains all the blocks necessary to
receive RF signals and convert them to digital data usable by a BBP.
Each receiver can be configured as a direct conversion system
that supports up to a 200 MHz bandwidth. Each receiver
contains a programmable attenuator stage, followed by matched
I and Q mixers that downconvert received signals to baseband
for digitization.
Clock PLL
The ADRV9009 contains a PLL synthesizer that generates all
the baseband related clock signals and serialization/deserial-
ization (SERDES) clocks. This PLL is programmed based on the
data rate and sample rate requirements of the system.
Gain control can be achieved by using the on-chip AGC or by
allowing the BBP to make gain adjustments in a manual gain
control mode. Performance is optimized by mapping each gain
control setting to specific attenuation levels at each adjustable
gain block in the receiver signal path. Additionally, each
channel contains independent receive signal strength indicator
(RSSI) measurement capability, dc offset tracking, and all
circuitry necessary for self calibration.
Rev. B | Page 98 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
performance. A pointer register selects the information that is
output to these pins. Signals used for manual gain mode,
calibration flags, state machine states, and various observation
receiver parameters are among the outputs that can be
monitored on these pins. Additionally, certain pins can be
configured as inputs and used for various functions, such as
setting the observation receiver gain in real time.
SPI
The ADRV9009 uses an SPI interface to communicate with the
BBP. This interface can be configured as a 4-wire interface with
dedicated receiver and transmitter ports, or the interface can be
configured as a 3-wire interface with a bidirectional data
communications port. This bus allows the BBP to set all device
control parameters using a simple address data serial bus
protocol.
Twelve 3.3 V GPIO_x pins are also included on the device.
These pins provide control signals to external components.
Write commands follow a 24-bit format. The first five bits set
the bus direction and the number of bytes to transfer. The next
11 bits set the address where data is written. The final 8 bits are
the data to be transferred to the specific register address.
AUXILIARY CONVERTERS
AUXADC_x
The ADRV9009 contains an auxiliary ADC that is multiplexed
to four input pins (AUXADC_x). The auxiliary ADC is 12 bits
with an input voltage range of 0.05 V to VDDA_3P3 − 0.05 V.
When enabled, the auxiliary ADC is free running. The SPI reads
provide the last value latched at the ADC output. The auxiliary
ADC can also be multiplexed to a built in, diode-based
temperature sensor.
Read commands follow a similar format with the exception that
the first 16 bits are transferred on the SDIO pin and the final
eight bits are read from the ADRV9009, either on the SDO pin
in 4-wire mode or on the SDIO pin in 3-wire mode.
JTAG BOUNDARY SCAN
The ADRV9009 provides support for JTAG boundary scan. Five
dual function pins are associated with the JTAG interface. Use
these pins, listed in Table 5, to access the on-chip test access port.
To enable the JTAG functionality, set the GPIO_3 pin through the
GPIO_0 pin to 1001, and then pull the TEST pin high.
Auxiliary DAC x
The ADRV9009 contains 10 identical auxiliary DACs (auxiliary
DAC x) that can be used for bias or other system functionality.
The auxiliary DACs are 10 bits, have an output voltage range of
approximately 0.7 V to VDDA_3P3 − 0.3 V, and have an output
drive of 10 mA.
POWER SUPPLY SEQUENCE
The ADRV9009 requires a specific power-up sequence to avoid
undesired power-up currents. In the optimal power-up sequence,
the VDDD1P3_DIG and the VDDA1P3 supplies (VDDA1P3
includes all 1.3 V domains) power up first and at the same time.
If these supplies cannot be powered up simultaneously, the
VDDD1P3_DIG supply must power up first. Power up the
VDDA_3P3, VDDA1P8_BB, VDDA1P8_TX, VDDA1P3_DES,
and VDDA1P3_SER supplies after the 1.3 V supplies. The
VDD_INTERFACE supply can be powered up at any time. Note
that no device damage occurs if this sequence is not followed.
However, failure to follow this sequence may result in higher
than expected power-up currents. It is also recommended to toggle
JESD204B DATA INTERFACE
The digital data interface for the ADRV9009 uses JEDEC
JESD204B Subclass 1. The serial interface operates at speeds of
up to 12.288 Gbps. The benefits of the JESD204B interface
include a reduction in required board area for data interface
routing, resulting in smaller total system size. Four high speed
serial lanes are provided for the transmitter and four high speed
lanes are provided for the observation receiver. The ADRV9009
supports single-lane or dual-lane interfaces as well as fixed and
floating point data formats for observation receiver data.
Table 6. Observation Path Interface Rates
RESET
the
signal after power stabilizes, prior to configuration.
JESD204B
The power-down sequence is not critical. If a power-down
sequence is followed, remove the VDDD1P3_DIG supply last to
avoid any back biasing of the digital control lines.
Bandwidth
(MHz)
Output Rate Lane Rate
Number of
Lanes
(MSPS)
245.76
307.2
(Mbps)
9830.4
12288
12288
9830.4
4915.2
200
200
250
450
450
1
1
1
2
4
GPIO_x PINS
The ADRV9009 provides 19, 1.8 V to 2.5 V GPIO signals that
can be configured for numerous functions. When configured as
outputs, certain pins can provide real-time signal information
to the BBP, allowing the BBP to determine observation receiver
307.2
491.52
491.52
Rev. B | Page 99 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
Table 7. Example Transmitter Interface Rates (Other Input Rates, Bandwidth, and JESD204B Lanes Also Supported)
Single-Channel Operation Dual-Channel Operation
JESD204B Lane Rate JESD204B Number of JESD204B Lane Rate JESD204B Number of
Bandwidth
(MHz)
Input Rate
(MSPS)
(Mbps)
9830.4
12288
12288
9830.4
Lanes
(Mbps)
9830.4
12288
12288
9830.4
Lanes
200
200
250
450
245.76
307.2
307.2
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
4
491.52
TRANSMIT
HALF-BAND
FILTER 1
(INTERPOLATION
FACTOR 1, 2)
TRANSMIT
HALF-BAND
FILTER 2
(INTERPOLATION
FACTOR 1, 2)
TRANSMIT FIR
DIGITAL
GAIN
QUADRATURE
CORRECTION
JESD204B
FILTER
(INTERPOLATION
FACTOR 1, 2, 4)
I/Q DAC
Figure 430. Transmitter Datapath Filter Implementation
Table 8. Example Receiver Interface Rates (Other Output Rates, Bandwidth, and JESD204B Lanes Also Supported)
Single-Channel Operation Dual-Channel Operation
JESD204B Lane Rate JESD204B Number JESD204B Lane Rate JESD204B Number
Bandwidth
(MHz)
Output Rate
(MSPS)
(Mbps)
4915.2
6144
9830.4
9830.4
4915.2
of Lanes
(Mbps)
9830.4
12288
9830.4
9830.4
4915.2
of Lanes
80
122.88
153.6
245.76
245.76
245.76
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
4
100
100
200
200
FIR
FILTER
(DECIMATION
FACTOR 1, 2, 4)
RECEIVE
HALF-BAND
FILTER
3
RECEIVE
HALF-BAND
FILTER
2
RECEIVE
HALF-BAND
FILTER
1
DC
DIGITAL
GAIN
JESD204B
ADC
ESTIMATION
Figure 431. Receiver and Observation Receiver Datapath Filter Implementation
Rev. B | Page 100 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
PCB LAYOUT AND POWER SUPPLY
RECOMMENDATIONS
Layer 2 and Layer 13 are crucial to maintaining the RF signal
integrity and, ultimately, the ADRV9009 performance. Layer 3 and
Layer 12 route power supply domains. To keep the RF section of
the ADRV9009 isolated from the fast transients of the digital
section, the JESD204B interface lines are routed on Layer 5 and
Layer 10. These layers have impedance control set to a 100 Ω
differential. The remaining digital lines from the ADRV9009
are routed on Inner Layer 7 and Inner Layer 8. RF traces on the
outer layers must be a controlled impedance to get the best
performance from the device. The inner layers on this board
use 0.5 ounce copper or 1 ounce copper. The outer layers use
1.5 ounce copper so the RF traces are less prone to pealing.
Ground planes on this board are full copper floods with no
splits except for vias, through-hole components, and isolation
structures. The ground planes must route entirely to the edge of
the PCB under the Surface-Mount Type A (SMA) connectors to
maintain signal launch integrity. Power planes can be pulled
back from the board edge to decrease the risk of shorting from
the board edge.
Overview
The ADRV9009 device is a highly integrated RF agile transceiver
with significant signal conditioning integrated on one chip. Due
to the increased complexity of the device and its high pin count,
careful PCB layout is important to get the optimal performance.
This data sheet provides a checklist of issues to look for and
guidelines on how to optimize the PCB to mitigate performance
issues. The goal of this data sheet is to help achieve the optimal
performance from the ADRV9009 while reducing board layout
effort. This data sheet assumes that the user is an experienced
analog and RF engineer with an understanding of RF PCB
layout and RF transmission lines. This data sheet discusses the
following issues and provides guidelines for system designers to
achieve the optimal performance for the ADRV9009:
PCB material and stack up selection
Fanout and trace space layout guidelines
Component placement and routing guidelines
RF and JESD204B transmission line layout
Isolation techniques used on the ADRV9009-W/PCBZ
Power management considerations
Unused pin instructions
PCB MATERIAL AND STACKUP SELECTION
Figure 432 shows the PCB stackup used for the ADRV9009-
W/PCBZ. Table 9 and Table 10 list the single-ended and
differential impedance for the stackup shown in Figure 432. The
dielectric material used on the top and the bottom layers is
8 mil Rogers 4003C. The remaining dielectric layers are FR4-
370 HR. The board design uses the Rogers laminate for the top
layer and bottom layer for the low loss tangent at high
frequencies. The ground planes under the Rogers laminate
(Layer 2 and Layer 13) are the reference planes for the
transmission lines routed on the outer surfaces. These layers are
solid copper planes without any splits under the RF traces.
Figure 432. ADRV9009-W/PCBZ Trace Impedance and Stackup
Rev. B | Page 101 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
Table 9. ADRV9009-W/PCBZ Single Ended Impedance and Stackup1
Single-
Ended
Board
Designed Trace Finished Trace
Copper Starting
%
Finished
Single-Ended
Single-Ended
(Inches)
Single-Ended
(Inches)
Calculated
Impedance (Ω) Layers
Reference
Layer
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Copper (oz.) Copper (oz.) Impedance
N/A
65
50
65
50
65
50
50
65
50
65
50
65
N/A
0.5
1
0.5
1
0.5
1
0.5
0.5
1
0.5
0.5
1
1
0.5
1.71
1
1
1
0.5
1
0.5
0.5
1
1
1
50 Ω 10ꢀ
N/A
N/A
N/A
50 Ω 10ꢀ
N/A
50 Ω 10ꢀ
50 Ω 10ꢀ
N/A
50 Ω 10ꢀ
N/A
0.0155
N/A
N/A
N/A
0.0045
N/A
0.0049
0.0049
N/A
0.0045
N/A
0.0135
N/A
N/A
N/A
0.0042
N/A
0.0039
0.0039
N/A
0.0039
N/A
49.97
N/A
N/A
N/A
49.79
N/A
50.05
50.05
N/A
49.88
N/A
2
N/A
N/A
N/A
4, 6
N/A
6, 9
6, 9
N/A
9, 11
N/A
N/A
N/A
13
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
1
1.64
N/A
N/A
50 Ω 10ꢀ
N/A
N/A
0.0155
N/A
N/A
0.0135
N/A
N/A
49.97
1 N/A means not applicable.
Table 10. ADRV9009-W/PCBZ Differential Impedance and Stackup1
Finished
Gap
Differential
(Inches)
Designed Trace
Differential
(Inches)
Designed Gap
Differential
(Inches)
Calculated
Impedance
(Ω)
Differential
Reference
Layers
Differential
Layer Impedance
Finished Trace
(Inches)
1
100 Ω 10ꢀ
50 Ω 10ꢀ
N/A
0.008
0.0032
N/A
0.006
0.004
N/A
0.007
0.0304
N/A
0.007
0.0056
N/A
99.55
50.11
N/A
2
2
2
N/A
N/A
N/A
4, 6
N/A
6, 9
6, 9
N/A
9, 11
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
13
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
100 Ω 10ꢀ
N/A
100 Ω 10ꢀ
100 Ω 10ꢀ
N/A
100 Ω 10ꢀ
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
100 Ω 10ꢀ
50 Ω 10ꢀ
0.0036
N/A
0.0036
0.0038
N/A
0.0036
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0.008
0.032
0.0064
N/A
0.0064
0.0062
N/A
0.0064
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0.006
N/A
0.0034
N/A
0.0034
0.0034
N/A
0.003
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0.007
0.004
0.0065
N/A
0.0066
0.0066
N/A
0.007
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0.007
N/A
99.95
N/A
100.51
100.51
N/A
100.80
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
99.55
50.11
11
12
13
14
13
1 N/A means not applicable.
Rev. B | Page 102 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
The JESD204B interface signals are routed on two signal layers
that use impedance control (Layer 5 and Layer 10). The spacing
between the CSP_BGA pads is 17.5 mil. After the signal is on
the inner layers, a 3.6 mil trace (50 Ω) connects the JESD204B
signal to the FPGA mezzanine card (FMC) connector. The
recommended CSP_BGA land pad size is 15 mil.
FANOUT AND TRACE SPACE GUIDELINES
The ADRV9009 uses a 196-ball chip scale package ball grid
array (CSP_BGA), 12 mm × 12 mm package. The pitch between
the pins is 0.8 mm. This small pitch makes it impractical to route
all signals on a single layer. RF pins are placed on the outer edges
of the ADRV9009 package. The location of the pins helps route the
critical signals without a fanout via. Each digital signal is routed
from the CSP_BGA pad using a 4.5 mil trace. The trace is
connected to the CSP_BGA using a via in the pad structure.
The signals are buried in the inner layers of the board for
routing to other parts of the system.
Figure 433 shows the fanout scheme of the ADRV9009-W/PCBZ.
Like the CSP_BGA, the ADRV9009-W/PCBZ uses a via in the
pad technique. This routing approach can be used for the
ADRV9009 if there are no issues with manufacturing capabilities.
4.5mil TRACE
AIR GAP = 17.5mil
JESD INTERFACE
TRACE WIDTH = 3.6mil
PAD SIZE = 15mil
VIA SIZE = 14mil
Figure 433. Trace Fanout Scheme on the ADRV9009-W/PCBZ (PCB Layer Top and Layer 5 Enabled)
Rev. B | Page 103 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
ADRV9009 transceiver. Make every effort to optimize the
COMPONENT PLACEMENT AND ROUTING
GUIDELINES
component selection and placement to avoid performance
degradation. The RF Routing Guidelines section describes
proper matching circuit placement and routing in more detail.
Refer to the RF Port Interface Information section for more
information.
The ADRV9009 transceiver requires few external components
to function, but those that are used require careful placement
and routing to optimize performance. This section provides a
checklist for properly placing and routing critical signals and
components.
To achieve the desired level of isolation between RF signal
paths, use the technique described in the Isolation Techniques
Used on the ADRV9009-W/PCBZ section in customer designs.
Signals with Highest Routing Priority
RF lines and JESD204B interface signals are the signals that are
most critical and must be routed with the highest priority.
Install a 10 μF capacitor near the transmitter balun(s)
VDDA1P8_TX dc feed(s) for RF transmitter outputs. The
capacitor acts as a reservoir for the transmitter supply current.
The Transmitter Balun DC Feed Supplies section discusses
more details about the transmitter output power supply
configuration.
Figure 434 shows the general directions in which each of the
signals must be routed so that they can be properly isolated
from noisy signals.
The observation receiver and transmitter baluns and the
matching circuits affect the overall RF performance of the
VSSA
ORX2_IN+
VSSA
ORX2_IN–
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
ORX1_IN+
VSSA
ORX1_IN–
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VDDA1P3_
RX_RF
VSSA
VSSA
RF_EXT_
LO_I/O–
RF_EXT_
LO_I/O+
VDDA1P3_
RF_VCO_LDO RF_VCO_LDO
VDDA1P3_
VDDA1P3_
AUX_VCO_
LDO
GPIO_3p3_0
GPIO_3p3_1
GPIO_3p3_2
VSSA
GPIO_3p3_3
GPIO_3p3_4
GPIO_3p3_5
VSSA
VDDA1P3_
RX_TX
VDDA1P1_
RF_VCO
VDDA1P3_
RF_LO
VSSA
VDDA_3P3
GPIO_3p3_9
GPIO_3p3_8
GPIO_3p3_7
VSSA
RBIAS
VSSA
GPIO_3p3_6
AUXADC_0
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
TEST
VSSA
VSSA
VDDA1P1_
AUX_VCO
VSSA
VSSA
GPIO_3p3_10
GPIO_3p3_11
VSSA
VDDA1P8_BB VDDA1P3_BB
REF_CLK_IN+ REF_CLK_IN–
AUX_
SYNTH_OUT
AUXADC_3
AUXADC_2
VSSA
VDDA1P8_TX
AUXADC_1
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VDDA1P3_
CLOCK_
SYNTH
VDDA1P3_
RF_SYNTH
VDDA1P3_
AUX_SYNTH
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
RF_SYNTH_
VTUNE
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
TX2_OUT–
TX2_OUT+
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
GPIO_2
GPIO_3
VSSD
VSSA
GPIO_1
GPIO_0
VSSA
SDIO
SCLK
VSSA
GPIO_12
GPIO_13
GPIO_14
GPIO_15
GPIO_16
SERDIN1+
SERDIN3–
GPIO_11
GPIO_10
GPIO_9
VSSA
TX1_OUT+
TX1_OUT–
VSSA
VSSA
GPIO_18
RESET
GP_
INTERRUPT
SDO
VSSA
VSSA
SYSREF_IN+
SYNCIN1–
SYNCIN0–
SERDOUT3–
VSSA
SYSREF_IN–
SYNCIN1+
SYNCIN0+
SERDOUT3+
SERDOUT1–
GPIO_5
GPIO_6
GPIO_4
GPIO_7
CS
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VDDD1P3_
DIG
VDDD1P3_
DIG
VSSD
GPIO_8
SYNCOUT1–
SYNCOUT0–
SERDIN0+
SERDIN2–
SYNCOUT1+
SYNCOUT0+
VSSA
VDDA1P1_
VSSA
ORX1_
ENABLE
TX1_
ENABLE
ORX2_
ENABLE
TX2_
ENABLE
VSSA
GPIO_17
SERDIN1–
VSSA
VDD_
INTERFACE
CLOCK_VCO
VDDA1P3_
CLOCK_
VCO_ LDO
VSSA
SERDOUT2–
SERDOUT1+
SERDOUT2+
SERDOUT0–
VSSA
VDDA1P3_
SER
VDDA1P3_
DES
SERDIN0–
SERDIN3+
AUX_SYNTH_
VTUNE
VSSA
SERDOUT0+
VDDA1P3_
SER
VDDA1P3_
DES
SERDIN2+
Figure 434. RF Input/Output, REF_CLK_IN , and JESD204B Signal Routing Guidelines
Rev. B | Page 104 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
Figure 435 shows placement for ac coupling capacitors and a
100 Ω termination resistor near the REF_CLK_IN pins. Shield
the traces with ground flooding that is surrounded with vias
staggered along the edge of the trace pair. The trace pair creates
a shielded channel that shields the reference clock from any
interference from other signals. Refer to the ADRV9009-
W/PCBZ layout, including board support files included with
the evaluation board software, for exact details.
JESD204B interface routing. Provide appropriate isolation
between interface differential pairs. The Isolation Between
JESD204B Lines section provides guidelines for optimizing
isolation.
The RF_EXT_LO_I/O− pin (B7) and the RF_EXT_LO_I/O+ pin
(B8) on the ADRV9009 are internally dc biased. If an external
LO is used, connect the LO via ac coupling capacitors.
Route the JESD204B interface at the beginning of the PCB
design and with the same priority as the RF signals. The RF
Routing Guidelines section outlines recommendations for
AC COUPLING
CAPS
100ΩTERMINATION
RESISTOR
TO ADRV9009
BGA BALLS
Figure 435. REF_CLK_IN Routing Recommendation
Rev. B | Page 105 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
When using a trace to connect power to a particular domain,
ensure that this trace is surrounded by ground.
Signals with Second Routing Priority
Power supply quality has a direct impact on overall system
performance. To achieve optimal performance, follow
recommendations regarding ADRV9009 power supply routing.
The following recommendations outline how to route different
power domains that can be connected together directly and that
can be tied to the same supply, but are separated by a 0 ꢀ
placeholder resistor or ferrite bead (FB).
Figure 436 shows an example of such traces routed on Layer 12
of the ADRV9009-W/PCBZ. Each trace is separated from any
other signal by the ground plane and vias. Separating the traces
from other signals is essential to providing necessary isolation
between the ADRV9009 power domains.
Figure 436. Layout Example of Power Supply Domains Routed with Ground Shielding (Layer 12 to Power)
Rev. B | Page 106 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
Each power supply pin requires a 0.1 μF bypass capacitor near
the pin at a minimum. Place the ground side of the bypass
capacitor in a way so that ground currents flow away from other
power pins and the bypass capacitors.
recommended to connect an FB between a power plane and the
ADRV9009 at a distance away from the device (see Figure 438
for specific distances) The FB and the reservoir capacitor
provide stable voltage for the ADRV9009 during operation by
isolating the pin or pins that the network is connected to from
the power plane. Then, shield that trace with ground and
provide power to the power pins on the ADRV9009. Place a
100 nF capacitor near the power supply pin with the ground
side of the bypass capacitor placed in a way so that ground
currents flow away from other power pins and the bypass
capacitors.
For the domains shown in Figure 437, like the domains
powered through a 0 ꢀ placeholder resistor or FB, place the 0 ꢀ
placeholder resistors or FBs further away from the device. Space
0 ꢀ placeholder resistors or FBs apart from each other to ensure
that the electric fields on the FBs do not influence each other.
Figure 438 shows an example of how the FBs, reservoir
capacitors, and decoupling capacitors are placed. It is
TRACE THROUGH 0Ω RES. TO 1.3V ANALOG PLANE (AP)
MAINTAIN LOWEST POSSIBLE IMPEDANCE
TRACE THROUGH 0.1Ω RESISTOR TO AP
TRACE THROUGH 0Ω TO AP
VSSA
ORX2_IN+
VSSA
ORX2_IN–
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
ORX1_IN+
ORX1_IN–
VSSA
TRACE THROUGH
0Ω TO AP
VDDA1P3_
RX_RF
VSSA
VSSA
RF_EXT_
LO_I/O–
RF_EXT_
LO_I/O+
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
TRACE THROUGH
0Ω TO AP
TRACE THROUGH FB
TO 3.3V PLANE
VDDA1P3_
RF_VCO_LDO RF_VCO_LDO
VDDA1P3_
VDDA1P3_
AUX_VCO_
LDO
GPIO_3p3_0
GPIO_3p3_1
GPIO_3p3_2
VSSA
GPIO_3p3_3
GPIO_3p3_4
GPIO_3p3_5
VSSA
VDDA1P3_
RX_TX
VDDA1P1_
RF_VCO
VDDA1P3_
RF_LO
VSSA
VDDA_3P3
GPIO_3p3_9
GPIO_3p3_8
GPIO_3p3_7
VSSA
RBIAS
VSSA
GPIO_3p3_6
AUXADC_0
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
TEST
VSSA
VSSA
VDDA1P1_
AUX_VCO
VSSA
VSSA
GPIO_3p3_10
GPIO_3p3_11
VSSA
TRACE THROUGH
0Ω TO 1.8V PLANE
TRACE THROUGH
0Ω TO 1.8V PLANE
VDDA1P8_BB VDDA1P3_BB
REF_CLK_IN+ REF_CLK_IN–
AUX_
SYNTH_OUT
AUXADC_3
AUXADC_2
VSSA
VDDA1P8_TX
TRACE THROUGH
0Ω TO AP
AUXADC_1
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
TRACE THROUGH
0Ω TO AP
TRACE THROUGH
0Ω TO AP
VDDA1P3_
CLOCK_
SYNTH
VDDA1P3_
RF_SYNTH
VDDA1P3_
AUX_SYNTH
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
RF_SYNTH_
VTUNE
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
TRACE THROUGH
1Ω RESISTOR TO AP
TX2_OUT–
TX2_OUT+
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
GPIO_2
GPIO_3
VSSD
VSSA
GPIO_1
GPIO_0
VSSA
SDIO
SCLK
VSSA
GPIO_12
GPIO_13
GPIO_14
GPIO_15
GPIO_16
SERDIN1+
SERDIN3–
GPIO_11
GPIO_10
GPIO_9
VSSA
TX1_OUT+
TX1_OUT–
VSSA
VSSA
GPIO_18
RESET
GP_
INTERRUPT
SDO
VSSA
VSSA
SYSREF_IN+
SYNCIN1–
SYNCIN0–
SERDOUT3–
VSSA
SYSREF_IN–
SYNCIN1+
SYNCIN0+
SERDOUT3+
SERDOUT1–
GPIO_5
GPIO_6
GPIO_4
GPIO_7
CS
VSSA
WIDE TRACE TO
1.3V DIGITAL SUPPLY
HIGH CURRENT
VSSA
VSSA
VDDD1P3_
DIG
VDDD1P3_
DIG
VSSD
GPIO_8
SYNCOUT1–
SYNCOUT0–
SERDIN0+
SERDIN2–
SYNCOUT1+
SYNCOUT0+
VSSA
TRACE THROUGH
FB TO INTERFACE SUPPLY
VDDA1P1_
VSSA
ORX1_
ENABLE
TX1_
ENABLE
ORX2_
ENABLE
TX2_
ENABLE
VSSA
GPIO_17
SERDIN1–
VSSA
VDD_
INTERFACE
CLOCK_VCO
TRACE THROUGH 0Ω
VDDA1P3_
CLOCK_
VCO_ LDO
TO 1.3V JESD204B SUPPLY
VSSA
SERDOUT2–
SERDOUT1+
SERDOUT2+
SERDOUT0–
VSSA
VDDA1P3_
SER
VDDA1P3_
DES
SERDIN0–
SERDIN3+
TRACE THROUGH
0Ω TO AP
AUX_SYNTH_
VTUNE
VSSA
SERDOUT0+
VDDA1P3_
SER
VDDA1P3_
DES
SERDIN2+
TRACE THROUGH FB
TO 1.3V JESD204B SUPPLY
Figure 437. Power Supply Domains Interconnection Guidelines
Rev. B | Page 107 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
0Ω RESISTOR
PLACEHOLDERS
FOR FERRITE BEADS
RESERVOIR
CAPACITORS
DUT
1µ + 100nF bypass
CAPS ORIENTED SUCH
THAT CURRENTS FLOW
AWAY FROM OTHER
POWER PINS
0Ω RESISTOR
PLACEHOLDERS
FOR FERRITE BEADS
Figure 438. Placement Example of 0 Ω Resistor Placeholders for FBs, Reservoir Capacitors, and Bypass Capacitors on the ADRV9009-W/PCBZ (Layer 12 to Power Layer and
Bottom Layer)
Rev. B | Page 108 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
When routing analog signals, such as GPIO_3P3_x/Auxiliary
DAC x or AUXADC_x, it is recommended to route them away
from the digital section (Row H through Row P). Do not cross
the analog section of the ADRV9009, highlighted by a red
dotted line in Figure 439, by any digital signal routing.
Signals with Lowest Routing Priority
As a last step while designing the PCB layout, route signals
shown in Figure 439. The following list outlines the
recommended order of signal routing:
1. Use ceramic 1 μF bypass capacitors at the VDDA1P1_
RF_VCO pin, VDDA1P1_AUX_VCO pin, and
VDDA1P1_CLOCK_VCO pin. Place them as close as
possible to the ADRV9009 device with the ground side of the
bypass capacitor placed in a way so that ground currents
flow away from other power pins and the bypass
capacitors, if possible.
When routing digital signals from Row H and below, it is
important to route them away from the analog section (Row A
through Row G). Do not cross the analog section of the
ADRV9009, highlighted by a red dotted line in Figure 439, by any
digital signal routing.
2. Connect a 14.3 kΩ resistor to the RBIAS pin (C14). This
resistor must have a 1% tolerance.
3. Pull the TEST pin (J6) to ground for normal operation.
The device has support for JTAG boundary scan, and this
pin is used to access that function. Refer to the JTAG
Boundary Scan section for JTAG boundary scan information.
RESET
4. Pull the
pin (J4) high with a 10 kΩ resistor to VDD_
INTERFACE for normal operation. To reset the device,
RESET
drive the
pin low.
VSSA
ORX2_IN+
VSSA
ORX2_IN–
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
ORX1_IN+
VSSA
ORX1_IN–
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
1µF CAPACITOR
14.3kΩ RESISTOR
1µF CAPACITOR
VDDA1P3_
RX_RF
VSSA
VSSA
RF_EXT_
LO_I/O–
RF_EXT_
LO_I/O+
VDDA1P3_
RF_VCO_LDO RF_VCO_LDO
VDDA1P3_
VDDA1P3_
AUX_VCO_
LDO
GPIO_3p3_0
GPIO_3p3_1
GPIO_3p3_2
VSSA
GPIO_3p3_3
GPIO_3p3_4
GPIO_3p3_5
VSSA
VDDA1P3_
RX_TX
VDDA1P1_
RF_VCO
VDDA1P3_
RF_LO
VSSA
VDDA_3P3
GPIO_3p3_9
GPIO_3p3_8
GPIO_3p3_7
VSSA
RBIAS
VSSA
GPIO_3p3_6
AUXADC_0
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
TEST
VSSA
VSSA
VDDA1P1_
AUX_VCO
VSSA
VSSA
GPIO_3p3_10
GPIO_3p3_11
VSSA
VDDA1P8_BB VDDA1P3_BB
REF_CLK_IN+ REF_CLK_IN–
AUX_
SYNTH_OUT
AUXADC_3
AUXADC_2
VSSA
VDDA1P8_TX
AUXADC_1
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VDDA1P3_
CLOCK_
SYNTH
VDDA1P3_
RF_SYNTH
VDDA1P3_
AUX_SYNTH
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
RF_SYNTH_
VTUNE
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
ALL DIGITAL
GPIO SIGNALS
ROUTED BELOW
THE RED LINE
TX2_OUT–
TX2_OUT+
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
GPIO_2
GPIO_3
VSSD
VSSA
GPIO_1
GPIO_0
VSSA
SDIO
SCLK
VSS
GPIO_12
GPIO_13
GPIO_14
GPIO_15
GPIO_16
SERDIN1+
SERDIN3–
GPIO_11
GPIO_10
GPIO_9
VSSA
TX1_OUT+
TX1_OUT–
VSSA
VSSA
GPIO_18
RESET
GP_
INTERRUPT
SDO
VSSA
VSSA
SYSREF_IN+
SYNCIN1–
SYNCIN0–
SERDOUT3–
VSSA
SYSREF_IN–
SYNCIN1+
SYNCIN0+
SERDOUT3+
SERDOUT1–
GPIO_5
GPIO_6
GPIO_4
GPIO_7
CS
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VDDD1P3_
DIG
VDDD1P3_
DIG
VSSD
GPIO_8
SYNCOUT1–
SYNCOUT0–
SERDIN0+
SERDIN2–
SYNCOUT1+
SYNCOUT0+
VSSA
VDDA1P1_
VSSA
ORX1_
ENABLE
TX1_
ENABLE
ORX2_
ENABLE
TX2_
ENABLE
VSSA
GPIO_17
SERDIN1–
VSSA
VDD_
INTERFACE
1µF CAPACITOR
CLOCK_VCO
VDDA1P3_
CLOCK_
VCO_ LDO
VSSA
SERDOUT2–
SERDOUT1+
SERDOUT2+
SERDOUT0–
VSSA
VDDA1P3_
SER
VDDA1P3_
DES
SERDIN0–
SERDIN3+
AUX_SYNTH_
VTUNE
VSSA
SERDOUT0+
VDDA1P3_
SER
VDDA1P3_
DES
SERDIN2+
Figure 439. Auxiliary ADC, Analog, and Digital GPIO Signals Routing Guidelines
Rev. B | Page 109 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
end is dc biased internally, so the differential side of the balun is
ac-coupled. The system designer can optimize the RF
performance with a proper selection of the balun, matching
components, and ac coupling capacitors. The external LO traces
and the REF_CLK_IN traces may require matching components
as well to ensure optimal performance.
RF AND JESD204B TRANSMISSION LINE LAYOUT
RF Routing Guidelines
The ADRV9009-W/PCBZ uses microstrip type lines for
receiver, observation receiver, and transmitter RF traces. In
general, it is not recommended to use any number of vias to
route RF traces unless a direct line route is not possible.
Differential lines from the balun to the receiver pins, observation
receiver pins, and transmitter pins must be as short as possible.
Also, make the length of the single-ended transmission line short
to minimize the effects of parasitic coupling. These traces are
the most critical when optimizing performance and are, therefore,
routed before any other routing. These traces have the highest
priority if trade-offs are needed.
All the RF signals mentioned previously must have a solid
ground reference under each trace. Do not run any of the
critical traces over a section of the reference plane that is
discontinuous. The ground flood on the reference layer must
extend all the way to the edge of the board. This flood length
ensures signal integrity for the SMA launch when an edge
launch connector is used.
Refer to the RF Port Interface Information section for more
information on RF matching recommendations for the device.
Figure 440 and Figure 441 show pi matching networks on the
single-ended side of the baluns. The observation receiver front
Figure 440. Pi Network Matching Components Available on Transmitter and Receiver
Rev. B | Page 110 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
Figure 441. Pi Network Matching Components Available on Observation Receiver Inputs
Rev. B | Page 111 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
operate. To reduce switching transients when attenuation
Transmitter Balun DC Feed Supplies
settings change, power the balun dc feed or transmitter output
chokes directly by the 1.8 V plane. Design the geometry of the
1.8 V plane so that each balun supply or each set of two chokes
is isolated from the other. This geometry can affect transmitter
to transmitter isolation. Figure 442 shows the layout configuration
used on the ADRV9009-W/PCBZ.
Each transmitter requires approximately 200 mA supplied
through an external connection. On the ADRV9008-2 and
ADRV9009 evaluation boards, bias voltages are supplied at the
dc feed of the baluns. Layout of both boards allows the use of
external chokes to provide a 1.8 V power domain to the
ADRV9009 outputs. This configuration is useful in scenarios
where a balun used at the transmitter output is not capable of
conducting the current necessary for the transmitter outputs to
Tx OUTPUT / BALUN
1.8V SUPPLY FEED
Figure 442. Transmitter Power Supply Planes (VDDA1P8_TX) on the ADRV9009-W/PCBZ
Rev. B | Page 112 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
Both the positive and negative transmitter pins must be biased
with 1.8 V. This biasing is accomplished on the evaluation board
through chokes and decoupling capacitors, as shown in
Figure 443. Match both chokes and their layout to avoid
potential current spikes. A difference in parameters between
both chokes can cause unwanted emission at transmitter
outputs. Place the decoupling capacitors that are near the
transmitter balun as close as possible to the dc feed of the balun
or the ground pin. Make orientation of the capacitor
perpendicular to the device so that the return current forms as
small a loop as possible with the ground pins surrounding the
transmitter input. A combination network of capacitors provides
a wideband and low impedance ground path, eliminates
transmitter spectrum spurs, and dampens the transients.
Routing Recommendations
Route the differential pairs on a single plane using a solid ground
plane as a reference on the layers above and below these traces.
All JESD204B lane traces must be impedance controlled to
achieve 50 Ω to ground. It is recommended that the differential pair
be coplanar and loosely coupled. An example of a typical
configuration is a 5 mil trace width and 15 mil edge to edge
spacing, with the trace width maximized, as shown in
Figure 444.
Match trace widths with pin and ball widths while maintaining
impedance control. If possible, use 1 oz. copper trace widths of
at least 8 mil (200 μm). The coupling capacitor pad size must
match JESD204B lane trace widths. If the trace width does not
match the pad size, use a smooth transition between different
widths.
ADRV9009TXOUTPUT
The pad area for all connector and passive component choices
must be minimized due to a capacitive plate effect that leads to
problems with signal integrity.
DC FEED
CHOKES
DECOUPLING
CAPACITORS
Reference planes for impedance controlled signals must not be
segmented or broken for the entire length of a trace.
1.8V TX POWER
DOMAIN FEED
The REF_CLK_IN signal trace and the SYSREF signal trace
are impedance controlled for characteristic impedance (ZO) =
50 Ω.
CONDUCTING
RESISTORS
BALUN
Stripline Transmission Lines vs. Microstrip Transmission
Lines
BALUN
DECOUPLING
CAPACITORS
Stripline transmission lines have less signal loss and emit less
electromagnetic interference than microstrip transmission lines.
However, stripline transmission lines require the use of vias that
add line inductance, increasing the difficulty of controlling the
impedance.
Microstrip transmission lines are easier to implement if the
component placement and density allow routing on the top
layer. Microstrip transmission lines make controlling the
impedance easier.
If the top layer of the PCB is used by other circuits or signals, or
if the advantages of stripline transmission lines are more
desirable than the advantages of microstrip transmission lines,
implement the following recommendations:
Figure 443. Transmitter DC Chokes and Balun Feed Supply
JESD204B Trace Routing Recommendations
Minimize the number of vias.
The ADRV9009 transceiver uses the JESD204B, high speed
serial interface. To ensure optimal performance of this interface,
keep the differential traces as short as possible by placing the
ADRV9009 as close as possible to the FPGA or BBP, and route
the traces directly between the devices. Use a PCB material with
a low dielectric constant (<4) to minimize loss. For distances
greater than 6 inches, use a premium PCB material such as
RO4350B or RO4003C.
Use blind vias where possible to eliminate via stub effects,
and use microvias to minimize via inductance.
When using standard vias, use a maximum via length to
minimize the stub size. For example, on an 8-layer board,
use Layer 7 for the stripline pair.
Place a pair of ground vias in proximity to each via pair to
minimize the impedance discontinuity.
Rev. B | Page 113 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
Route the JESD204B lines on the top side of the evaluation board as
a differential 100 Ω pair (microstrip). For the ADRV9009-
W/PCBZ, the JESD204B differential signals are routed on the
inner layers of the board (Layer 5 and Layer 10) as differential
100 Ω pairs (stripline). To minimize potential coupling, these
signals are placed on an inner layer using a via embedded in the
component footprint pad where the ball connects to the PCB.
The ac coupling capacitors (100 nF) on these signals are placed
near the connector and away from the chip to minimize
coupling. The JESD204B interface can operate at frequencies of
up to 12 GHz. Ensure that signal integrity from the chip to the
connector is maintained.
ISOLATION TECHNIQUES USED ON THE
ADRV9009-W/PCBZ
Isolation Goals
Significant isolation challenges were overcome in designing the
ADRV9009-W/PCBZ. The following isolation requirements
accurately evaluate the ADRV9009 transceiver performance:
Transmitter to transmitter: 75 dB out to 6 GHz
Transmitter to receiver: 65 dB out to 6 GHz
Receiver to receiver: 65 dB out to 6 GHz
Transmitter to observation receiver: 65 dB out to 6 GHz
To meet these isolation goals with significant margin, isolation
structures are introduced.
Figure 445 shows the isolation structures used on the ADRV9009-
W/PCBZ. These structures consist of a combination of slots and
square apertures. These structures are present on every copper
layer of the PCB stack. The advantage of using square apertures
is that signals can be routed between the openings without
affecting the isolation benefits of the array of apertures. When
using these isolation structures, make sure to place ground vias
around the slots and apertures.
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
DIFFERENTIAL A
DIFFERENTIAL B
DIFFERENTIAL A
DIFFERENTIAL B
TIGHTLY COUPLED
DIFFERENTIAL Tx LINES
LOOSELY COUPLED
DIFFERENTIAL Tx LINES
Figure 444. Routing JESD204B, Differential A and Differential B Correspond to Differential Positive Signals or Negative Signals (One Differential Pair)
Figure 445. Isolation Structures on the ADRV9009-W/PCBZ
Rev. B | Page 114 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
Figure 446. Current Steering Vias Placed Next to Isolation Structures
Figure 446 outlines the methodology used on the ADRV9009-
W/PCBZ. When using slots, ground vias must be placed at the
ends of the slots and along the sides of the slots. When using
square apertures, at least one single ground via must be placed
adjacent to each square. These vias must be through-hole vias
from the top layer to the bottom layer. The function of these vias is
to steer return current to the ground planes near the apertures.
use isolation techniques to prevent crosstalk between different
JESD204B lane pairs.
Figure 447 shows a technique used on the ADRV9009-W/PCBZ
that involves via fencing. Placing ground vias around each
JESD204B pair provides isolation and decreases crosstalk. The
spacing between vias is 1.24 mm.
Figure 447 shows the rule provided in Equation 1. JESD204B
lines are routed on Layer 5 and Layer 10 so that the lines use
stripline structures. The dielectric material used in the inner
layers of the ADRV9009-W/PCBZ PCB is FR4-370HR.
For accurate slot spacing and square apertures layout, use
simulation software when designing a PCB for the ADRV9009
transceiver. Spacing between square apertures must be no more
than 1/10 of a wavelength.
For accurate spacing of the JESD204B fencing vias, use layout
simulation software. Input the following data into Equation 1 to
calculate the wavelength and square aperture spacing:
Calculate the wavelength using Equation 1:
300
(1)
Wavelength(m)
Frequency(MHz) ER
The maximum JESD204B signal frequency is
approximately 12 GHz.
where ER is the dielectric constant of the isolator material. For
RO4003C material, microstrip structure (+ air), ER = 2.8. For FR4-
370HR material, stripline structure, ER = 4.1.
For FR4-370HR material, stripline structure, ER = 4.1, the
minimum wavelength is approximately 12.4 mm.
To follow the 1/10 wavelength spacing rule, spacing between
vias must be 1.24 mm or less. The minimum spacing
recommendation according to transmission line theory
is 1/4 wavelength.
For example, if the maximum RF signal frequency is 6 GHz,
and ER = 2.8 for RO4003C material, microstrip structure (+ air),
the minimum wavelength is approximately 29.8 mm.
To follow the 1/10 wavelength spacing rule, square aperture
spacing must be 2.98 mm or less.
Isolation Between JESD204B Lines
The JESD204B interface uses eight line pairs that can operate at
speeds of up to 12 GHz. When configuring the PCB layout, ensure
that these lines are routed according to the rules outlined in the
JESD204B Trace Routing Recommendations section. In addition,
Rev. B | Page 115 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
1.24mm
Figure 447. Via Fencing Around JESD204B Lines, PCB Layer 10
RF Port Impedance Data
RF PORT INTERFACE INFORMATION
This section provides the port impedance data for all transmitters
and receivers in the ADRV9009 integrated transceiver. Note the
following:
This section details the RF transmitter and receiver interfaces
for optimal device performance. This section also includes data
for the ADRV9009 RF port impedance values (see Figure 448
and Figure 449 for impedance values) and examples of impedance
matching networks used in the evaluation platform. This section
also provides information on board layout techniques and balun
selection guidelines.
ZO is defined as 50 Ω.
The ADRV9009 ball pads are the reference plane for this data.
Single-ended mode port impedance data is not available.
However, a rough assessment is possible by taking the
differential mode port impedance data and dividing both
the real and imaginary components by 2.
The ADRV9009 is a highly integrated transceiver with transmit,
receive, and observation (DPD) receive signal chains. External
impedance matching networks are required on the transmitter
and receiver ports to achieve the performance levels indicated
in this data sheet.
Contact Analog Devices applications engineering for the
impedance data in Touchstone format.
It is recommended to use simulation tools in the design and
optimization of impedance matching networks. To achieve the
closest match between computer simulated results and measured
results, accurate models of the board environment, surface-mount
device (SMD) components (including baluns and filters), and
ADRV9009 port impedances are required.
Rev. B | Page 116 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
1.0
2.0
0.5
m21
m26
FREQUENCY = 100MHz
M28
FREQUENCY = 3GHz
S(1,1) = 0.368/150.626
S(1,1) = 0.143/–7.865
IMPEDANCE = 66.439 – j2.654
M27
IMPEDANCE = 24.355 + j10.153
M29
0.2
m22
5.0
m27
FREQUENCY = 300MHz
S(1,1) = 0.141/–25.589
IMPEDANCE = 64.063 – j7.987
FREQUENCY = 4GHz
S(1,1) = 0.484/107.379
IMPEDANCE = 25.118 + j30.329
M26
m23
m28
FREQUENCY = 500MHz
S(1,1) = 0.145/–42.661
IMPEDANCE = 60.623 – j12.201
M21
M23
FREQUENCY = 5GHz
S(1,1) = 0.569/70.352
IMPEDANCE = 35.932 + j56.936
0
M22
M24
M25
m24
m29
FREQUENCY = 1GHz
S(1,1) = 0.164/–84.046
IMPEDANCE = 49.000 + j16.447
FREQUENCY = 6GHz
S(1,1) = 0.614/36.074
IMPEDANCE = 81.032 + j94.014
–0.2
–5.0
m25
FREQUENCY = 2GHz
S(1,1) = 0.247/–155.186
IMPEDANCE = 31.131 – j6.860
–0.5
–2.0
–1.0
FREQUENCY (0.000Hz TO 6.000Hz)
Figure 448. Transmitter 1 and Transmitter 2 SEDZ and Parallel Equivalent Differential Impedance (PEDZ) Data
1.0
2.0
0.5
m15
FREQUENCY = 100MHz
S(1,1) = 0.390/–1.819
IMPEDANCE = 113.933 – j3.331
m20
FREQUENCY = 3GHz
S(1,1) = 0.267/–64.650
IMPEDANCE = 55.102 – j28.685
0.2
m16
5.0
FREQUENCY = 300MHz
S(1,1) = 0.390/–5.495
IMPEDANCE = 112.803 – j9.931
m21
M23
FREQUENCY = 4GHz
S(1,1) = 0.186/–104.336
IMPEDANCE = 42.821 – j16.026
m17
M15
M16
M17
M22
FREQUENCY = 500MHz
S(1,1) = 0.388/–9.198
IMPEDANCE = 110.398 – j16.107
0
m22
M21
M20
FREQUENCY = 5GHz
S(1,1) = 0.164/–173.106
IMPEDANCE = 35.977 – j1.455
m18
M19
M18
FREQUENCY = 1GHz
S(1,1) = 0.377–18.643
IMPEDANCE = 100.377 – j28.250
m23
FREQUENCY = 6GHz
S(1,1) = 0.266/130.063
IMPEDANCE = 32.890 + j14.399
–0.2
–5.0
m19
FREQUENCY = 2GHz
S(1,1) = 0.336/–39.123
IMPEDANCE = 74.966 – j35.800
–0.5
–2.0
–1.0
FREQUENCY (0Hz TO 6GHz)
Figure 449. Receiver 1 and Receiver 2 SEDZ and PEDZ Data
Rev. B | Page 117 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
1.0
2.0
0.5
m15
FREQUENCY = 100MHz
S(1,1) = 0.391/–1.848
m20
IMPEDANCE = 114.099 – j3.397
FREQUENCY = 3GHz
S(1,1) = 0.104/–66.720
0.2
M23
m16
5.0
FREQUENCY = 300MHz
S(1,1) = 0.389/–5.601
IMPEDANCE = 112.639 – j10.091
IMPEDANCE = 53.262 – j10.292
M22
M21
M20
m21
FREQUENCY = 4GHz
S(1,1) = 0.116/104.276
IMPEDANCE = 46.060 + j10.522
m17
FREQUENCY = 500MHz
S(1,1) = 0.385/–9.396
IMPEDANCE = 109.556 – j16.156
M15
M16
M17
M18
0
m22
M19
FREQUENCY = 5GHz
S(1,1) = 0.342/75.761
IMPEDANCE = 46.551 + j34.914
m18
FREQUENCY = 1GHz
S(1,1) = 0.362–19.087
IMPEDANCE = 97.259 – j26.513
m23
FREQUENCY = 6GHz
S(1,1) = 0.525/53.007
IMPEDANCE = 56.249 + j65.146
–0.2
–5.0
m19
FREQUENCY = 2GHz
S(1,1) = 0.267/–39.928
IMPEDANCE = 70.789 – j25.940
–0.5
–2.0
–1.0
FREQUENCY (0Hz TO 6GHz)
Figure 450. Observation Receiver 1 and Observation Receiver 2 SEDZ and PEDZ Data
1.0
2.0
0.5
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
350
m1
FREQUENCY = 100MHz
S(1,1) = 0.018/–149.643
IMPEDANCE = 48.491 – j0.866
R_PEDZ
L_OR_C_PE
X_STATUS
M5
300
250
200
150
100
50
M6
0.2
m2
5.0
m7
FREQUENCY = 750MHz
S(1,1) = 0.074/–123.043
IMPEDANCE = 45.753 – j5.744
FREQUENCY = 5GHz
L_OR_C_PE = 1.336
m8
FREQUENCY = 5GHz
R_PEDZ = 31.172
m9
FREQUENCY = 5GHz
X_STATUS = 1
m3
M4
FREQUENCY = 1.5GHz
S(1,1) = 0.147/–138.745
IMPEDANCE = 39.362 – j7.804
M1
0
M2
M3
m4
FREQUENCY = 3GHz
S(1,1) = 0.292/–175.424
IMPEDANCE = 5.273 – j547.733
–0.2
–5.0
m5
FREQUENCY = 6GHz
S(1,1) = 0.538/123.271
IMPEDANCE = 18.885 – j23.935
m6
FREQUENCY = 12GHz
S(1,1) = 0.757/46.679
IMPEDANCE = 40.002 – j103.036
0
–0.5
–2.0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
FREQUENCY (GHz)
–1.0
FREQUENCY (100MHz TO 12GHz)
Figure 451. RF_EXT_LO_I/O SEDZ and PEDZ Data
Rev. B | Page 118 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
1.0
2.0
0.5
1.0
13E+5
1.2E+5
1.1E+5
1.0E+5
9.0E+4
8.0E+4
7.0E+4
6.0E+4
5.0E+4
4.0E+4
m1
FREQUENCY = 100MHz
S(1,1) = 0.999/–1.396
IMPEDANCE = 159.977 – j4.099E3
R_PEDZ
L_OR_C_PE
X_STATUS
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.2
m2
5.0
m7
FREQUENCY = 250MHz
S(1,1) = 0.999/–3.480
IMPEDANCE = 30.567 – j1.645E3
FREQUENCY = 1GHz
L_OR_C_PE = 0.389
m8
FREQUENCY = 1GHz
R_PEDZ = 4.761E4
m9
FREQUENCY = 1GHz
X_STATUS = 0
m3
FREQUENCY = 500MHz
M1
0
S(1,1) = 0.999/–6.952
M2
M3
M4
M5
IMPEDANCE = 9.723 – j823.070
m4
FREQUENCY = 750MHz
S(1,1) = 0.998/–10.431
IMPEDANCE = 5.273 – j547.733
–0.2
–5.0
m5
FREQUENCY = 1GHz
S(1,1) = 0.999/–13.925
IMPEDANCE = 3.521 – j409.400
–0.5
–2.0
0
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1
FREQUENCY (GHz)
–1.0
FREQUENCY (0.000Hz TO 1.100GHz)
Figure 452. REF_CLK_IN SEDZ and PEDZ Data, On Average, the Real Part of the Parallel Equivalent Differential Impedance (RP) = Approximately 70 kΩ
Rev. B | Page 119 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
1. The DataAccessComponent block reads the rf port.s1p
file. This file is the device RF port reflection coefficient.
2. The two equations convert the RF port reflection coefficient to
a complex impedance. The result is the RX_SEDZ variable.
3. The RF port calculated complex impedance (RX_SEDZ)
defines the Term 2 impedance.
Advanced Design System (ADS) Setup Using the
DataAccessComponent and SEDZ File
Analog Devices supplies the port impedance as an .s1p file that
can be downloaded from the ADRV9009 product page. This
format allows simple interfacing to the ADS by using the
DataAccessComponent. In Figure 453, Term 1 is the single-
ended input or output, and Term 2 is the differential input or
output RF port on the ADRV9009. The pi on the single-ended
side and the differential pi configuration on the differential side
allow maximum flexibility in designing matching circuits. The
pi configuration is suggested for all design layouts because the
pi configuration can step the impedance up or down as needed
with appropriate component population.
4. Term 2 is used in a differential mode, and Term 1 is used in
a single-ended mode.
Setting up the simulation this way allows the user to measure
the input reflection (S11), output reflection (S22), and through
reflection (S21) of the three-port system without complex math
operations within the display page.
For the highest accuracy, the electromagnetic momentum (EM)
modeling result of the PCB artwork, S11, S22, and S21 of the
matching components and balun must be used in the simulations.
Take the following steps to set up a simulation for impedance
measurement and impedance matching:
Figure 453. Simulation Setup in ADS with SEDZ .s1p Files and DataAccessComponent
Table 11. Sample Wire Wound DC Bias Choke Resistance vs. Size vs. Inductance
Inductance (nH)
Resistance (Size: 0603) (Ω)
Resistance (Size: 1206) (Ω)
100
200
300
400
500
600
0.10
0.15
0.16
0.28
0.45
0.52
0.08
0.10
0.12
0.14
0.15
0.20
Rev. B | Page 120 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
because small chokes exhibit the greatest resistance. For example,
the voltage drop of a 500 nH 0603 choke at 100 mA is roughly
50 mV.
Transmitter Bias and Port Interface
This section considers the dc biasing of the ADRV9009 transmitter
outputs and how to interface to each transmitter port. The
ADRV9009 transmitters operate over a range of frequencies. At
full output power, each differential output side draws approxi-
mately 100 mA of dc bias current. The transmitter outputs are dc
biased to a 1.8 V supply voltage using either RF chokes (wire
wound inductors) or a transformer center tap connection.
V
= 1.8V
DC
C
L
C
L
B
C
–
R
–
R
DCR
DCR
TX1_OUT+/
TX2_OUT+
ΔV
+
ΔV
+
I
= ~100mA
BIAS
V
V
= 1.8 – ΔV
= 1.8 – ΔV
Tx1 OR Tx2
OUTPUT
STAGE
BIAS
Careful design of the dc bias network is required to ensure
optimal RF performance levels. When designing the dc bias
network, select components with low dc resistance (RDCR) to
minimize the voltage drop across the series parasitic resistance
element with either of the suggested dc bias schemes suggested
in Figure 454. The RDCR resistors indicate the parasitic elements. As
the impedance of the parasitics increases, the voltage drop (ΔV)
across the parasitic element increases, which causes the transmitter
RF performance (PO,1dB and PO,MAX, for example) to degrade. The
choke inductance (LC) must be at least 3× higher than the load
impedance at the lowest desired frequency so that the LC does
not degrade the output power (see Table 11).
BIAS
1.8V
TX1_OUT–/
TX2_OUT–
I
= ~100mA
BIAS
Figure 454. RF DC Bias Configurations Showing Parasitic Losses Due to Wire
Wound Chokes
TX1_OUT+/
TX2_OUT+
I
= ~100mA
= ~100mA
– ΔV +
BIAS
R
1.8V
DCR
Tx1 OR Tx2
OUTPUT
STAGE
R
I
DCR
C
BIAS
B
TX1_OUT–/
TX2_OUT–
– ΔV +
Figure 455. RF DC Bias Configurations Showing Parasitic Losses Due to
Center Tapped Transformers
The recommended dc bias network is shown in Figure 455. This
network has fewer parasitics and fewer total components.
TX1_OUT+/
TX2_OUT+
Figure 456 through Figure 459 show four basic differential
transmitter output configurations. Except for cases in which
impedance is already matched, impedance matching networks
(balun single-ended port) are required to achieve optimum
device performance from the device. In applications where the
transmitter is not connected to another circuit that requires or
can tolerate dc bias on the transmitter outputs, the transmitter
outputs must be ac-coupled because of the dc bias voltage
applied to the differential output lines of the transmitter.
1.8V
Tx1 OR Tx2
OUTPUT
STAGE
C
B
TX1_OUT–/
TX2_OUT–
Figure 456. Using a Center Tapped Transformer
1.8V
C
L
L
B
C
C
TX1_OUT+/
TX2_OUT+
C
C
C
1.8V
The recommended RF transmitter interface, shown in Figure 454
to Figure 459, features a center tapped balun. This configuration
offers the lowest component count of the options presented.
Tx1 OR Tx2
OUTPUT
STAGE
C
1.8V
TX1_OUT–/
TX2_OUT–
Descriptions of the transmitter port interface schemes are as
follows:
Figure 457. Using Bias Chokes and a Transmission Line Balun
1.8V
In Figure 456, the center tapped transformer passes the
bias voltage directly to the transmitter outputs.
In Figure 457, RF chokes bias the differential transmitter
output lines. Additional coupling capacitors (CC) are added
in the creation of a transmission line balun.
In Figure 458, RF chokes bias the differential transmitter
output lines and connect to a transformer.
In Figure 459, RF chokes bias the differential output lines
that are ac-coupled to the input of a driver amplifier.
C
L
L
B
C
C
TX1_OUT+/
TX2_OUT+
1.8V
1.8V
Tx1 OR Tx2
OUTPUT
STAGE
TX1_OUT–/
TX2_OUT–
Figure 458. Using Bias Chokes and a Transformer
1.8V
C
L
L
B
C
If a transmitter balun that requires a set of external dc bias chokes is
selected, careful planning is required. It is necessary to find the
optimum compromise between the choke physical size, choke
dc resistance, and the balun low frequency insertion loss. In
commercially available dc bias chokes, resistance decreases as size
increases. As choke inductance increases, resistance increases. It is
undesirable to use physically small chokes with high inductance
C
TX1_OUT+/
TX2_OUT+
C
C
1.8V
1.8V
Tx1 OR Tx2
OUTPUT
STAGE
DRIVER
AMPLIFIER
C
C
TX1_OUT–/
TX2_OUT–
Figure 459. Using a Differential to Single-Ended Driver Amplifier
Rev. B | Page 121 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
RX1_IN–
RX1_IN+
General Receiver Path Interface
RECEIVER
INPUT
The ADRV9009 has the following two types of receivers:
receiver and observation receiver. These receivers include two
main receive pathways (Receiver 1 and Receiver 2) and two
observation or DPD receivers (Observation Receiver 1 and
Observation Receiver 2). The receivers can support up to
200 MHz bandwidth, and the observation receivers can support
up to 450 MHz bandwidth. The receiver channels and
observation receiver channels are designed for differential use.
STAGE
(
MIXER OR LNA)
Figure 460. Differential Receiver Interface Using a Transformer
C
C
RX1_IN–
RECEIVER
INPUT
STAGE
C
(
MIXER OR LNA)
C
RX1_IN+
The ADRV9009 receivers support a wide range of operation
frequencies. In the case of the receiver channels and observation
receiver channels, the differential signals interface to an integrated
mixer. The mixer input pins have a dc bias of approximately
0.7 V and may need to be ac-coupled, depending on the
common-mode voltage level of the external circuit.
Figure 461. Differential Receiver Interface Using a Transmission Line Balun
Impedance Matching Network Examples
Impedance matching networks are required to achieve the
ADRV9009 data sheet performance levels. This section provides
example topologies and components used on the ADRV9009-
W/PCBZ.
Important considerations for the receiver port interface are as
follows:
Device models, board models, and balun and SMD component
models are required to build an accurate system level simulation.
The board layout model can be obtained from an EM simulator.
The balun and SMD component models can be obtained from
the device vendors or built locally. Contact Analog Devices
applications engineering for ADRV9009 modeling details.
The device to be interfaced (filter, balun, transmit receive
(T/R) switch, external low noise amplifier (LNA), and
external PA, for example).
The receiver and observation receiver maximum safe input
power is 23 dBm (peak).
The receiver and observation receiver optimum dc bias
voltage is 0.7 V bias to ground.
The board design (reference planes, transmission lines, and
impedance matching, for example).
The impedance matching networks provided in this section are
not evaluated in terms of mean time to failure (MTTF) in high
volume production. Consult with component vendors for long-
term reliability concerns. Consult with balun vendors to
determine appropriate conditions for dc biasing.
Figure 460 and Figure 461 show possible differential receiver
port interface circuits. The options in Figure 460 and Figure 461
are valid for all receiver inputs operating in differential mode,
though only the Receiver 1 signal names are indicated. Impedance
matching may be necessary to obtain the performance levels
described in this data sheet.
Figure 464 shows three elements in parallel marked do not
install (DNI). However, only one set of SMD component pads is
placed on the board. For example, R202, L202, and C202
components only have one set of SMD pads for one SMD
component. Figure 464 shows that in a generic port impedance
matching network, the shunt or series elements can be resistors,
inductors, or capacitors.
Given wide RF bandwidth applications, SMD balun devices
function well. Decent loss and differential balance are available
in a relatively small (0603, 0805) package.
Rev. B | Page 122 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
Figure 462. Impedance Matching Topology
Rev. B | Page 123 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
TX1
C307
0.1µF
VDCA1P8_TX
AGND
C323
DNI
L323
DNI
L307
43nH
AGND
R307
0Ω
TX1_OUT+
TX1_BAL+
T302
TCM1-83X+
J303
1
C337
18pF
R309
0Ω
5
4
3
2
C339
DNI
C338
DNI
RFO_1
C312
DNI
C314
DNI
5
4 3 2
R308
0Ω
TX1_OUT–
TX1_BAL–
AGND
AGND
NC
1
6
AGND
L308
43nH
C325
DNI
C344
L325
DNI
51pF
C345
AGND
C308
0.1µF
VDCA1P8_TX
75pF
C346
AGND
10pF
C347
27pF
AGND
TX2
C315
0.1µF
VDDA1P8_TX
AGND
C327
DNI
L327
DNI
L315
43nH
AGND
R310
0Ω
TX2_OUT+
TX2_BAL+
T303
TCM1-83X+
J304
C336
18pF
R312
0Ω
5
4
3
2
1
C342
DNI
C341
DNI
RFO_2
C320
DNI
C322
DNI
5
4 3 2
R311
0Ω
TX2_OUT–
TX2_BAL–
AGND
AGND
NC
1
6
AGND
L316
43nH
C329
DNI
C348
L329
DNI
10pF
C349
AGND
C316
0.1µF
VDDA1P8_TX
27pF
C350
AGND
51pF
C351
75pF
AGND
Figure 463. Transmitter 1 and Transmitter 2 Generic Matching Network Topology
Rev. B | Page 124 of 127
Data Sheet
ADRV9009
L205
C205
DNI
DNI
DNI
L202
C202
RX1
DNI
DNI
DNI
0805 FOOTPRINT
RX1_IN+
RX1_BAL+
3
4
J201
1
BAL_OUT1
BAL_OUT2
RX1_UNBAL
1
T201
DNI
R205
UNBAL_IN
R202
NC_6 GND GND_DC_FEED_RFGND
2
3 4 5
L204
DNI
L207
DNI
C207
DNI
C204
DNI
6
5
2
L201
DNI
C201
DNI
L203
DNI
C203
DNI
RX1_DC
L206
C206
DNI
DNI
R230
DNI
C230
DNI
RX1_IN–
AGND
RX1_BAL–
R206
DNI
AGND
AGND
OVERLAP PADS
AGND
L212
C212
DNI
DNI
DNI
L209
C209
RX2
DNI
DNI
DNI
0805 FOOTPRINT
RX2_IN+
RX2_IN–
RX2_BAL+
3
4
J202
BAL_OUT1
BAL_OUT2
RX2_UNBAL
1
1
T202
DNI
R212
UNBAL_IN
R209
NC_6 GND GND_DC_FEED_RFGND
2
3
4 5
L211
DNI
L214
DNI
C214
DNI
C211
DNI
6
5
2
L208
DNI
C208
DNI
L210
DNI
C210
DNI
RX2_DC
L213
C213
DNI
DNI
R231
DNI
C231
DNI
AGND
RX2_BAL–
R213
DNI
AGND
AGND
OVERLAP PADS
AGND
Figure 464. Receiver 1 and Receiver 2 Generic Matching Network Topology
T205
TCM1-83X+
ORX1
J203
C250
18pF
ORX1_UNBAL
ORX1_IN–
ORX1_BAL–
R219
R216
0Ω
3
2
5
4
1
0Ω
2
3 4 5
C215
DNI
C217
DNI
C218
DNI
C221
DNI
NC
1
AGND
6
ORX1_IN+
R220
0Ω
AGND
AGND
ORX1_BAL+
C244
10pF
DNI
C245
27pF
AGND
ORX2
T207
TCM1-83X+
J204
C251
18pF
ORX2_UNBAL
ORX2_IN–
R223
0Ω
R226
ORX2_BAL–
3
2
5
1
4
0Ω
2
3 4 5
C222
DNI
C224
DNI
C228
DNI
C225
DNI
NC
1
AGND
6
AGND
AGND
ORX2_IN+
R227
0Ω
C247
27pF
ORX2_BAL+
C246
10pF
DNI
AGND
Figure 465. Observation Receiver 1 and Observation Receiver 2 Generic Matching Network Topology
Rev. B | Page 125 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
Table 12 through Table 17 show the selected balun and component
values used for three matching network sets. Refer to Figure 463
or Figure 465 for a wideband matching example that operates
across the entire device frequency range with reduced
performance.
The RF matching used in the ADRV9009-W/PCBZ allows the
ADRV9009 to operate across the entire chip frequency range
with slightly reduced performance. Components C, R, and L can
be used in all frequency bands.
Table 12. Receiver 1 Evaluation Board Matching Components
Frequency Band
201
22 nH
DNI
202
203
62 nH
DNI
204
205, 206
39 pF
1.3 nH
0.4 pF
207
T201
625 MHz to 2815 MHz
3400 MHz to 4800 MHz
5300 MHz to 5900 MHz
12 pF
0 Ω
0.6 nH
180 nH
18 nH
DNI
91 nH
0.4 pF
4.3 nH
Johanson 1720BL15A0100
Anaren BD3150L50100AHF
Johanson 5400BL15B200
DNI
DNI
Table 13. Receiver 2 Evaluation Board Matching Components
Frequency Band
208
22 nH
DNI
209
210
62 nH
DNI
211
212, 213
39 pF
1.3 nH
0.4 pF
214
T202
625 MHz to 2815 MHz
3400 MHz to 4800 MHz
5300 MHz to 5900 MHz
12 pF
0 Ω
0.6 nH
180 nH
18 nH
DNI
91 nH
0.4 pF
4.3 nH
Johanson 1720BL15A0100
Anaren BD3150L50100AHF
Johanson 5400BL15B200
DNI
DNI
Table 14. Observation Receiver 1 Evaluation Board Matching Components
Frequency Band
215
216
217
218
219, 220
221
T205
625 MHz to 2815 MHz
3400 MHz to 4800 MHz
5300 MHz to 5900 MHz
DNI
0.3 pF
100 nH
0 Ω
1.6 pF
6.8 pF
DNI
2 nH
5.6 nH
56 nH
6.8 nH
DNI
5.6 pF
1.7 nH
0.8 pF
180 nH
220 nH
1.5 nH
Johanson 1720BL15A0100
Anaren BD3150L50100AHF
Johanson 5400BL15B200
Table 15. Observation Receiver 2 Evaluation Board Matching Components
Frequency Band
222
223
224
225
226, 227 228
T207
625 MHz to 2815 MHz
3400 MHz to 4800 MHz
5300 MHz to 5900 MHz
DNI
0.3 pF
100 nH
0 Ω
1.6 pF
6.8 pF
Do not install
2 nH
5.6 nH
56 nH
6.8 nH
DNI
5.6 pF
1.7 nH
0.8 pF
180 nH
220 nH
1.5 nH
Johanson 1720BL15A0100
Anaren BD3150L50100AHF
Johanson 5400BL15B200
Table 16. Transmitter 1 Evaluation Board Matching Components1
T302 Pin 2, Bypass
Capacitor C332
C307, C308,
L307, L308
Frequency Band
314
313
312
309, 310 311
T302
625 MHz to 2815 MHz
22 nH 4.7 pF 43 nH 0 Ω
0.2 pF Johanson 1720BL15B0050
33 pF
DNI
3400 MHz to 4800 MHz DNI
5300 MHz to 5900 MHz DNI
0 Ω
0 Ω
DNI
DNI
2.7 nH
0.9 nH
0.2 pF Anaren BD3150L50100AHF 3.9 pF
8.2 nH Johanson 5400BL14B100 1.8 pF
DNI
DNI
1 These matches provide VDDA1P8_TX to the TXx_OUT pins through the balun.
Table 17. Transmitter 2 Evaluation Board Matching Components1,
T303 Pin 2, Bypass C315, C316,
Frequency Band
322
321
320
317, 318 319
T303
Capacitor C335
L315, L316
625 MHz to 2815 MHz
3400 MHz to 4800 MHz DNI
5300 MHz to 5900 MHz DNI
22 nH 4.7 pF 43 nH 0 Ω
0.2 pF Johanson 1720BL15B0050
0.2 pF Anaren BD3150L50100AHF
8.2 nH Johanson 5400BL14B100
33 pF
3.9 pF
1.8 pF
DNI
DNI
DNI
0 Ω
0 Ω
DNI
DNI
2.7 nH
0.9 nH
1 These matches provide VDDA1P8_TX to the TXx_OUT pins through the balun.
Rev. B | Page 126 of 127
ADRV9009
Data Sheet
OUTLINE DIMENSIONS
12.10
12.00 SQ
11.90
A1 BALL
PAD CORNER
A1 BALL
CORNER
14 13 12 11 10 9
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
PIN A1
INDICATOR
10.40 SQ
7.755 REF
K
L
0.80
M
N
P
TOP VIEW
BOTTOM VIEW
0.80 REF
8.090 REF
DETAIL A
1.27
1.18
1.09
0.91
0.84
0.77
DETAIL A
0.39
0.34
0.29
0.44 REF
0.50
0.45
0.40
SEATING
PLANE
COPLANARITY
0.12
BALL DIAMETER
COMPLIANT TO JEDEC STANDARDS MO-275-GGAB-1.
Figure 466. 196-Ball Chip Scale Package Ball Grid Array [CSP_BGA]
(BC-196-13)
Dimensions shown in millimeters
ORDERING GUIDE
Model1
Temperature Range2
Package Description
Package Option
ADRV9009BBCZ
ADRV9009BBCZ-REEL
ADRV9009-W/PCBZ
−40°C to +85°C
−40°C to +85°C
196-Ball Chip Scale Package Ball Grid Array [CSP_BGA]
196-Ball Chip Scale Package Ball Grid Array [CSP_BGA]
Pb-Free Evaluation Board, 75 MHz to 6000 MHz
BC-196-13
BC-196-13
1 Z = RoHS Compliant Part.
2 See the Thermal Management section.
©2018–2019 Analog Devices, Inc. All rights reserved. Trademarks and
registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
D16499-0-5/19(B)
Rev. B | Page 127 of 127
相关型号:
SI9130DB
5- and 3.3-V Step-Down Synchronous ConvertersWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9135LG-T1
SMBus Multi-Output Power-Supply ControllerWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9135LG-T1-E3
SMBus Multi-Output Power-Supply ControllerWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9135_11
SMBus Multi-Output Power-Supply ControllerWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9136_11
Multi-Output Power-Supply ControllerWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9130CG-T1-E3
Pin-Programmable Dual Controller - Portable PCsWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9130LG-T1-E3
Pin-Programmable Dual Controller - Portable PCsWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9130_11
Pin-Programmable Dual Controller - Portable PCsWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9137
Multi-Output, Sequence Selectable Power-Supply Controller for Mobile ApplicationsWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9137DB
Multi-Output, Sequence Selectable Power-Supply Controller for Mobile ApplicationsWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9137LG
Multi-Output, Sequence Selectable Power-Supply Controller for Mobile ApplicationsWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9122E
500-kHz Half-Bridge DC/DC Controller with Integrated Secondary Synchronous Rectification DriversWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
©2020 ICPDF网 联系我们和版权申明